全新版大学英语听说教程test听力原文
- 格式:docx
- 大小:23.94 KB
- 文档页数:7
全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文2-1-AStatement 1:Hello, welcome to "This Week's Sports". The big news this week is the basketball championship. It started on Friday. Los Angeles Lakers beat Philadelphia 76ers, 108 to 96. Lakers won.Statement 2:Utah Jazz played Miami Heat. Jazz lost the game. They lost by just one point. The score was 111 to 110.Statement 3:Detroit Pistons beat Indiana Pacers. The score was 135 to 130. Pistons won.Statement 4:And in the last game Houston Rockets played New York Knicks. Knicks won, 75 to 69. That's it for basketball action. Thank you.2-1-BWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Peter: Hi, Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you known. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment -- sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time -- but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.2-1-CWatching a GameAlan: Going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, but I'll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren't you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn't try. I really don't go to games so often.Alan: But don't you enjoy going? Don't you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh sure, nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. Butsometimes it's just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant ...Alan: ... you've basically created your own crowd.Betty: That's right. Another reason why I like to watch sports on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you're sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand, and far from the field.Alan: It's like you're watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you I'm starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!2-2-A1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Light winds. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.Looking at the outlook for the next few days, it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three minutes from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.2-2-BDid You Hear the Weather Forecast?Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine -- but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off...Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.2-2-CA ThunderstormLili: Look, Betty, the sky has turned completely black!Betty: Oh, wow. A big thunderstorm is coming. But I guess it won't last long.Lili: Yeah, maybe for about twenty minutes or so it's going to seem like it's the end of the world. And then the sun will come out again.Betty: I like storms like this. Summer is dramatic. What do you think, Lili?Lili: Yes, these storms do come quite suddenly in the summer. I often seem to get caught without an umbrella.Betty: But it's not so terribly getting caught in the rain occasionally in the summer. Now if you got all wet during a cold, dreary winter day -- that really would be horrible.Lili: True. Ah, it's starting to rain now. Here it comes. Yes, it's starting to pour.Betty: Here comes the lightning and thunder too.Lili: At least it's supposed to clear up later this afternoon, and to be fine this evening.Betty: That's good, because I'm going to meet some friends tonight.Lili: Well, most likely you will have a very pleasant evening, because this storm should take some of the humidity from the air.Betty: Yes, I must admit that these Chinese summers are very humid.Lili: More humid than in the US?Betty: Well, I can't speak about the whole country. But as far as New York goes, I'd say that the weather here in Shanghai tends to be hotter and more humid.Lili: But I think our winters are milder.Betty: Yes, I'm sure they are. We probably also get more snow in New York than you do here.2-3-A1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times. Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.Q: Does the woman enjoy the food in that restaurant?2.W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.Q: Is the man satisfied with the restaurant's service?3.W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?Q: Do the children like the cake?4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.Q: Does the man like chicken best?5.M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's the first time, but it's really to my taste.Q: Does the woman like the wine?6.M: John, do you want a soda?W: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.Q: Does John want a soda?7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.Q: Does the man like the fish?8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening.Q: Will Sue eat out with the man tonight?2-3-BWhat about Dining Out?Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask... Do you have any plans for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.2-3-CEating OutA: Well, here we are -- not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I went out for pizza at lunch and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night too, but we had fast food at McDonald's, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have the chicken salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great, too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine. you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.2-4-ADialogue 1:M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?Dialogue 2:W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?2-4-BGoing to See the DoctorD: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months -- it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medication for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.2-4-CEating ApplesYou probably know a famous saying about the importance of eating apples. It is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away.Now, a new American study shows eating apples may help fight cancer, too. Research scientists at Cornell University in New York say a combination of chemicals found in apples is important for good health. The study shows that the combination of chemicals plays an important part in anti-cancer activity.The scientists say the chemicals are in both the skin and the flesh of apples. Results of the study were reported in the publication Nature. The Cornell researchers studied the chemicals, or extracts, taken from the skin and flesh of red apples grown in New York State. They studied the effectiveness of the apple extracts in fighting cancer.The researchers treated colon (结肠) cancer cells with fifty milligrams of apple extract (苹果汁). Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of cancer cells by forty-three percent. Extracts from the fruit's flesh reduced the growth of cancer cells by twenty-nine percent.The researchers also treated human liver (肝) cancer cells with apple extract. Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of those cells by fifty-seven percent. Extracts from the fleshy part of the apple reduced the cancer cells by forty percent.Lead researcher Liu Ruihai said scientists have long known that apples are good for human health. He says some scientists are interested in testing single vitamins or other substances to see if they alone fight disease. He says his study shows no single substance works alone to reduce cancer. Instead, the combination of chemicals in apples is effective and eating fruit and vegetables is better than taking extra vitamin pills.2-5-A1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and offices. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Beatles, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.2-5-BBackground MusicBackground music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music.To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third.But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving -- unless, of course, the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.2-5-CCeline DionCeline Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France.In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No. 1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremonies of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997, she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".2-6-AIdentifying the Major Event in a ConversationW: Here we are, Mr. Wang. This is a newly-built building.M: What a fine building! How many floors are there?W: Forty. Our company has offices on four floors in the building.M: Yours is really a big company.W: Yes, it is. The sales office is on the first floor. The marketing and accounting offices are on the second floor. And we have many other departments: personnel. research, etc. They are all on the 8th floor.M: Where's the manager's office?W: It's on the 9th floor.Passage:Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to our company. Our company was established in 1999. It is a joint-venture company specializing in sportswear. Most of our products are for young students; some are for adults. All our products sell well both at home and abroad. In recent years, we have expanded our markets from China to Southeast Asia, East Africa, North America, and South America.2-6-BWho Is to Be Promoted?(The Personnel Department is having a meeting. Joan Black is the chairperson of the meeting. ) Joan: I think John Jeffrey's already been with the company for 20 years. Surely he's not still expecting promotion. Do you agree, Peter?Peter: Well. in my opinion, John's always shown great loyalty to the company. It's time this was rewarded. What do you think, Clive?Clive: It's not just a question of loyalty. Would he be any good at the job? He would need to manage a small team -- he's got no experience of that yet.Peter: He never will have any experience unless we give him a chance!Joan: We can't afford to be sentimental. I don't think he's the man for the job. He's always been a follower, not a leader. Let's move on to the other candidates. Rita Hayden has already shown great personnel management skill, I feel, even if she's ...Peter: Oh, come on, Joan! Rita's still learning her trade! We can't afford to take a risk with someone so inexperienced.Clive: I agree with Peter. I favor Susan Palmer. She's got a lot of experience. She's already worked in the department on other occasions so she knows the ropes and she's ...Joan: But Susan's always struck me as a bit cautious. We need someone dynamic for this job. Peter: I'd agree with Clive. I think Susan Palmer would do a good job. Maybe she's a bit cautious but she's solid, reliable... We need those qualities too.Joan: Well, if you're both so sure, I suppose I'll have to agree. Still, we'll wait a week before confirming it just in case any other applicants put their names forward.2-6-CA Good SalesmanMr Stevenson was the owner of a general appliance store. He had seen many newly-weds coming into his store to shop for their first refrigerator, washer and dryer, and air-conditioner. Pen and pencil in hand, they would ask him a lot of questions about price, features and after-sale services, but they would usually walk away at the end of their inquiry.The other day a young couple came into his store. They asked him all the usual questions and he answered all of them patiently. But when he suggested an order at the end, they replied firmly, "We'll have to look around places first."Although feeling a bit disappointed, Mr Stevenson did not show it. Instead, he smiled, moved closer and said, "I know you will go to Discount Dan to look at the price tags. That's perfectly understandable. I do the same. In fact, they sell the same stuff as we do. But if you buy things there, there is something you will not get. And that is me. I come with everything I sell. I've been in the business for thirty years and in a few years' time I'm going to give my store to my daughter and son-in-law. I hope they will carry on the family business. I stand behind everything I sell and Iwill make sure that you will never regret buying things from me."After this short speech Mr Stevenson offered the young couple some ice cream to thank them for their interest.Impressed by his honesty and sincerity, the young couple decided to place an order.2-7-A DialogueM: Excuse me, do you have a T-shirt of this kind in a larger size?W: What size do you want?M: Medium.W: Pardon?M: I want a medium.W: Here's a medium in black. Do you like it?M: Well, I like the picture on the front, but I'd prefer a white one with a slogan on the front.W: Here's a white one in medium. And it's 100% cotton.M: Perfect. I'll take it.2-7-BFashion -- Image or Reality?Why do people spend so much money on fashion? Do they want to create an image or make sure they are not old-fashioned? Do people really judge each other by the clothes they wear? The billion-dollar fashion industry certainly tries to convince consumers that such judgements are made.Unfortunately, they may be right. A recent study using elementary school students was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Klein designer jeans were more handsome and successful than those wearing Wranglers. Levi-wearers were seen as sporty, fashionable and fun! Obviously we learn early that "Clothes make the man." In other words, clothes show age, outlook, status and income. However, clothes that look great on professional models may look terrible on the average buyer.Although beautiful clothes don't help physically, they are important for social and psychological effects. Expensive clothes can make the wearer feel like part of the high status group that sets taste and style. So you are buying an image of success. You may really live a routine life, waking up in the morning feeling dull and ordinary. But when you dress in these expensive clothes, your mood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another day with energy. Sound crazy? People who love clothes say it's true.Of course, a lot of people don't like high fashion. They'd rather spend their money on something practical. Which would you prefer -- the image or the reality?2-7-CPlatform ShoesIf you have been thinking that platform shoes are the newest fashion trend on the planet, then it is about time you found out something about these height boosters. Not only were they wildly popular during the noisy disco days of the 1970's, but they were also all the rage during the late 1400's to 1600's.The platform shoes that were the sign of high fashion in the 1600's were more practical than today's style symbols. They were worn over delicate shoes to protect them from getting dirty when walking in muddy or dusty streets.After going out of fashion in the 1600's, platforms returned to the style scene in the 1930's when designers such as Salvatore Ferragamo began breaking the rules of fashion. They re-emerged again towards the end of the 1960's and by 1975 were so common that men were also trying to balance on their massive heels.No matter how fashionable platforms are, they also have a reputation for creating problems. It is very easy to twist your ankle while wearing platforms and the damage this can do to your foot can be serious. In Japan, they have also brought about traffic problems as women wearing them while driving have been unable to brake quickly enough and as a result caused accidents!2-8-ANowadays, dieting is a popular practice in many countries. However, of the nearly 50 American adults currently dieting, only less than 10% will be able to maintain their weight loss for at least a year. Researchers in the Framingham Heart Study pointed out that losing and gaining weight again might be harmful to your heart. Over a 14-year period, they analyzed the weight changes and health of 3,130 people. They found that those adults whose weight shifted the most had about a 50% increased risk of developing heart disease than those whose weight remained more stable. For now the researchers are not sure how weight changes are linked to health problems, but they think that people who diet frequently may prefer high-fat foods. Losing and regaining weight may also cause an unhealthy distribution of body weight. Dieters may lose pounds from their legs only to regain weight in an area such as their stomach, which increases the risk of developing heart disease.2-8-BLottery WinnersDo you dream of winning the lottery? So have millions of other people. Every day, millions of Americans buy lottery tickets. They are hoping to win $100,000, $1,000,000 or more. What happens after you win the lottery?When you win a million dollars, you don't receive a check for the total amount. You receive $50, 000 a year for twenty years. Also, you must pay taxes. After taxes, you receive from $25,000 to $40,000 a year for twenty years. This is a lot of extra spending money.What have some people done with their money? Let's look at three past winners.Lisa K wanted to be an artist, but she didn't have enough money to go to art school. She was working at a job she didn't enjoy. In August, Lisa bought one ticket and won two million dollars. She quit her job three weeks later and is now attending art school.Mark L was a car salesman. He worked seven days a week and had little time for family life. After he won the lottery, he quit working. Now he spends his time bowling, working in the garden, and fixing things in his house. But, he's bored. He doesn't want to sell cars again, but he isn't sure what he wants to do with his life.Jack B is one of the small number of winners who did not quit his job. Jack still teaches at a school near his home. But now he and his wife take their children on an interesting vacation every year. And they don't worry about sending their children to college. They say that money brings security and gives a person opportunities, but it doesn't bring happiness.2-8-CAn Abandoned Newborn BabyA healthy newborn girl was discovered in Central Park yesterday morning. The baby was abandoned on the top of a rock shortly before dawn after the mother gave birth to her there.。
教材听力材料及原文全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程 1Unit 1 Studying EnglishPart municative FunctionGreetings and IntroductionsPeople greet each other when they meet.And in meeting newpeople it is common to introduce oneself and be introduced byothers.This exercise focuses on different ways to greet peopleand to make introductions. Listen to the recording and completethe following conversations.1. Bill: Hi, Mary.Mary: Hi, Bill. How are you doing?Bill: Good, thanks. And you?Mary: Just fine, Bill. I'd like you to meet my classmate, Bob Smith.Bob, this is my friend, Bill Jones. Bill: Hello, nice tomeet you.Bob: Nice to meet you, too.2. Linda: Excuse me, are you Paul Johnson from London?I'mLinda Blake from Smith and Wells.Paul: Yes, I am Paul Johnson. How do you do, Miss Blake?Linda: How do you do, Mr. Johnson? May I introduce CharlesGreen to you?He's our sales manager. Paul: Pleased to meet you,Mr. Green.Mr. Green: It's a pleasure to meet you.3. Jack: Mum, I've brought one of my friends.Mother: Ask him in, Jack.Jack: Come and meet my family, Tom. Mum, this is Tom, my roommate.Mother: Hello, Tom. It's good to know you.Tom: How do you do, Mrs. Brown?Jack: And this is my sister, Jane.Listening StrategyDetecting Incomplete PlosionIn connected speech when a plosive consonant like /k/, /g/,/t/, /d/, /p/, /b/is followed by another consonant, it is not fully pronounced.This is called incomplete plosion.Listen and read after the recording,paying attention to theletters in italics.1. Laura is one of the top students in Grade One.2. Ted likes to sing English pop songs.3. Listening is not a big problem for me.4. Frank can speak six languages fluently.。
新视野大学英语(第二版)听说教程第一册的听力原文Book1Uni t 1W armin g UpWelco me to Clic k her e for Lang uageLearn ing,the h ome o f liv e, na tural onli ne la nguag e lea rning.Cli ck He re fo r Lan guage Lear ninghelps youimpro ve yo ur la nguag e ski lls,and o ffers themostposit ive1learn ing e xperi enceyou m ay ev er ha ve. W hethe r you’re l earni ng En glish, Chi nese, Fren ch, S panis h, or anyother lang uage, just clic k her e! Us ing t he la test2tech nolog y, we offe r for eignlangu age c lasse s ata min imal3 cost andgiveyou a lear ningexper ience unli ke an y oth er.C lickHerefor L angua ge Le arnin g pro vides cons tantfeedb ack(回馈,反馈) so y ou’ll feel conf ident in y our a bilit y tospeak, lis ten,write, and read theforei gn la nguag e ofyourchoic e.Cl ick H ere f or La nguag e Lea rning is a clic k tow ardssucce ss, a nd yo u can star t lea rning from home toda y! Yo u can lear n a f oreig n lan guage on y our o wn sc hedul e, wh eneve r it’s con venie nt, o n CD-ROM o r onl ine.Click Here forLangu age L earni ng he lps y ou le arn a seco nd la nguag e asnatur allyasle arnin g you r fir st!注释:1. posi tive a. 积极的,肯定的,明确的pas sive a. 被动的,消极的ne gativ e a.否定的,反面的,消极的2. la te—la ter—l atestlatea. (原级)迟的,晚的la ter a.(比较级)更迟的,更晚的 latt er a. (位于the, this, the se后)后面的;〔t he la tter〕后者 late st a.(最高级)最迟的,最晚的,最新的3.minim al a. 最小的,最低的mi nimiz e vt. 使…成极少,减到最少minim um n. 最少max imize vt.把…增大(扩大)到最大限度max imum n. 最大量,最高值Unde rstan dingShort Conv ersat ionsNow y ou wi ll he ar te n sho rt co nvers ation s. Aquest ion w ill f ollow each conv ersat ion.Liste n car efull y and choo se th e bes t ans wer f rom t he fo ur po ssibl e cho ices.1. W: I s aw an ad o n the Inte rnetabout onli ne la nguag e stu dies.M: M e too. I s aw an ad f or, “Click Here forLangu age L earni ng”.Q: Wh at do theman a nd th e wom an ha ve in comm on1? B2. M: Youhaveto be 18 y earsold t o ent er so me on linelangu age c lasse s.W: Real ly? I hadno id ea th at th ere w as aminim um ag e req uired forsomeclass es.Q: Wha t did thewoman NOTknowabout onli ne la nguag e cla ssesbefor e? C3. M:Unlik e reg ularclass es, o nline clas ses c an be take n atyourhome.W: T hat’s exac tly w hy Idecid ed to begi n stu dying onli ne!Q: Why didthe w omandecid e tostudy onli ne? A4. W: I ke ep on maki ng2 n ew fr iends as I stud y onl ine.M: So do I! The re ar e somanypeopl e onl ine,and I want to m eet t hem a ll!Q: Wha t isone b enefi t ofstudy ing o nline? C5.M: My onli ne te acher aske d the clas s for sugg estio ns to make theclass bett er.W: Tha t’s g reat! I al wayslikeit wh en ateach er do es th at.Q: Wha t did theman’s teac her w ant t o do? D6. M: I h ad no idea that onli ne la nguag e lea rning coul d beso ef fecti ve!W: Itsurehas h elped me p racti ce my lang uageskill s!Q: What is i t abo ut on linelangu age l earni ng th at su rpris ed th e man? C7. M: M y cla ssmat es an d I h elp e ach o thersolve home workprobl ems o nline.W:It so undslikeyou’r e usi ng th e Int ernet in a usef ul wa y.Q: What does theman d o onl ine?C8. M:Onlin e lea rning is i dealfor a nyone whodoesn’t ha ve ti me to trav el to scho ol. W: Yes, but it a lso h as it s own chal lenge s.Q: What does thewoman have to s ay ab out o nline lear ning?A9. M:Virtu al cl assro om ar e cha nging howstude nts s tudy!W: T hey s ure a re! A nd I, forone,am ve ry ex cited abou t it.Q: A ccord ing t o the man, what is h appen ing t o stu dents beca use o f vir tualclass rooms? B10. M: W hat a dvice didyourprofe ssorgiveyou?W: H e sai d tha t tak ing a n onl ine c lasswould help me l earn.Q: W hat d id th e wom a n’sprofe ssorsugge st? D注释:1. hav e sth. incommo n 在…有共同点havemuchin co mmon在...有很多共同点have noth ing i n com mon 在…没有共同点2.keepon do ing 继续做,坚持做kee p sb. on 继续雇用某人kee p onabout sth.继续谈论某事ke ep on at s b. 不断地向某人提出请求不断地抱怨(纠缠,困扰)某人U nders tandi ng aLongConve rsati onNo w you will hear a lo ng co nvers ation foll owedby fi ve qu estio ns. L isten care fully andchoos e the best answ er fr om th e fou r pos sible choi ces.W:How’s your newonlin e cla ss, B ill?Is it ever ythin g you hadhoped for?M: I t’s e veryt hingand m ore,Susan. You shou ld gi ve it a tr y!W: Oh,reall y? Wh at’sthe b est t hingabout it?M: In an o nline clas s, yo u tal k wit h oth ers o ver t he In terne t. Si nce t hey a re no t rig ht ne xt to1 you, the y don’t bo theryou s o muc h.W: That soun ds gr eat!I too k a c lasswithsomeo ne wh o wou ld ma ke me feel smal lwhe never I ma de amista ke. H e wou ld te ll me howstupi d I w as an d int imida te(威胁,恐吓)me so that I ne ver w anted to p artic ipate.M:Not a prob lem i n the virt ual c lassr oom.How w ouldyou l ike t o sig n up2? I t hinkthatyou c ouldstart on t he th ird o f nex t mon th.W: I d on’tknow, Bill. You know allthose prob lemsabout havi ng di fficu lt pe oplein th e cla ssroo m?M: Yeah?W:We do n’t r eally have them anym ore s inceyou l eft.1. Whic h ofthe f ollow ing i s NOT true abou t Bil l? A2. Ac cordi ng to Bill, why areother stud entsNOT a conc ern i n anonlin e cla ss? B3. Whydid S usanNOT l ike t o par ticip ate i n cla ss? B4. W hen c ouldSusan star t stu dying onli ne? D5. W hy di d Sus an NO T mak e upher m ind t o joi n onl ine c lass? A注释:1. nex t: a.其次的,紧接的n ext t o 1)仅次于2)靠近,贴近2.sign: n. 记号,符号;预兆,迹象;标记,牌子vt.签名;做手势,打信号sig n in签到;记录某人到达的时间si gn ou t 用签名的办法记录某人离开的时间si gn up签约参加工作(或组织,活动等)U nders tandi ng aPassa geNo w you will hear a pa ssage foll owedby fi ve qu estio ns. L isten care fully andchoos e the best answ er fr om th e fou r pos sible choi ces.The f irstrequi remen t for my o nline lang uageclass wasto me et in an o nline foru m(论坛).I e ntere d the foru m ear ly an d saw stud entsappea r onthe s creen oneafter anot her.Stran gelyenoug h, wh en it wastimeto be gin,the t eache r sti ll ha dn’tshown up1.Howe ver,we be gan s harin g inf ormat ion a nd ta lking abou t the newclass. Unl ike m e, al l ofthe o therstude nts w ere n ew to theonlin e cla ss. I told them abou t myexper ience andmy th ought s. Th en Inotic ed so methi ng. T herewere27 pe oplein th e for um. T his w asst range beca use I know ther e wer e onl y 26peopl e inthe c lass.“Hey,”I w rote, “whi ch on e ofyou i s the teac her?”Theteach er ma de he rself know n atlast. Shesaidthatshe w anted to g et ou rhon est o pinio ns ab out t he on lineclass. Als o, sh e wan ted t o hav e a l ittle funwithus. “Humor will be i mport ant i n myclass,”she said.1. Wha t was thefirst requ ireme nt of theonlin e cla ss? A2. Wh at wa s str angeabout thebegin ningof th e onl ine c lass?A3. H ow we re th e oth er st udent s dif feren t tha n the spea ker?C4.Whatdid t he sp eaker noti ce? D5. Whydid t he te acher NOTmakeherse lf kn own t o the clas s atfirst? D注释:1.show: vt.展示,显示;露出;展出,陈列;n. 展示,展览;演出sho w up揭露,拆穿;显眼,露出;出席,到场sh ow of f 炫耀,卖弄;使显眼H omewo rkSu pplem entar y Lis tenin gTas k 1 Now y ou wi ll he ar alongconve rsati on fo llowe d byfivequest ions. List en ca reful ly an d cho ose t he be st an swerfromthe f our p ossib le ch oices.M:All r ight, ever yone. Good work. Tha t’s a ll fo r tod ay’sclass. Doe s any one h ave a ny qu estio ns?W: Exc use m e, Pr ofess or. I have a qu estio n. I’m wor riedabout my E nglis h ski lls.I get good mark s ontests, but I do n’t f eel t hat I’m le arnin g a l ot.M: Not exac tly a ques tionis it, Win nie?But i t’s a good conc ern.Manyadvan ced E nglis h lea rners have a la rge “passi ve vo cabul ary”, buttheyworry abou t the ir “a ctivevoca bular y”. T hey c an un derst and m any d iffic ult E nglis h wor ds wh en re adingor l isten ing,but t hey d on’tuse m ost o f the m whe n spe aking or w ritin g inEngli sh. T hey f eel t his i s a p roble m. Th ey wo uld l ike t o use allthe d iffic ult w ordsthattheyknow.W: D o you thin k tha t I u se to o few word s?M: That’s no t wha t I’m sayi ng at all. Actu ally, I’msayin g the oppo sitething.W:I’m a fraid I do n’t u nders tand.M: I n you r nat ive l angua ge, t hereare a lso t housa nds o f wor ds th at yo u und ersta nd bu t you don’t use. Soyouractiv e voc abula ry in your nati ve la nguag e ismuchsmall er th anyo ur pa ssive voca bular y. An d I g uessthatyou a re no t wor riedabout that.W:No, I’m no t. Bu t I w ouldliketo us e the newwords that I le arn i n myEngli sh cl asses. How else am I goin g toremem ber t hem?M: No w tha t’s a very good ques tion.W: I washopin g tha t you hadan an swerto th is qu estio n.M: Winn ie, y ou do n’t n eed t o wor ry ab out u sing“too f ew”En glish word s. As your need s for diff erent thin gs gr ow, y ou wi ll be able to u se yo ur ne w wor ds mo re an d mor e. Ithink you’d besurpr isedby ho w muc h you know.W:So yo ur ad viceto me is “Don’t worr y.”?Now I’m wo rried that I’mpayin g too much forschoo l.1. Wh o are like ly to worr y abo ut th eir a ctive voca bular y? D2.Whatis “a ctive voca bular y”acc ordin g tothe p rofes sor?D3. W hat d o man y Eng lishlearn ers w ant t o do? A4. Wha t doe s the prof essor sayabout voca bular y inone’s nati ve la nguag e? B5. What does theprofe ssorwantto te ll Wi nnie? DTas k 2 Now y ou wi ll he ar apassa ge fo llowe d byfivequest ions. List en ca reful ly an dcho ose t he be st an swerfromthe f our p ossib le ch oices. Thebigge st pr oblem most peop le fa ce in lear ningEngli sh is thei r own fear. The ywor ry th at th ey wo n’t s ay th ingscorre ctlyso th ey do n’t s peakEngli sh at all. Don’t dothis. Don’t let a li ttlefearstopyou f rom g ettin g1 wh at yo u wan t.Th e bes t way to l earnEngli sh is to s urrou nd yo ursel f wit h it. ThemoreEngli sh ma teria l you have arou nd yo u, th e fas ter y ou wi ll le arn a nd th e mor e lik ely y ou wi llbe gin t hinki ng in Engl ish.Music canbe averyeffec tivetoolto le arnin g Eng lish. Thebestway i s touse t hely rics(歌词) a nd tr y toreadthemas th e art ist s ings. This wayyou c an pr actic e you rlis tenin g and read ing a t the same time.Wat ching Engl ish m ovies is n ot on ly fu n but also very effe ctive. Bywatch ing E nglis h mov ies,you c an ex pand2 your voca bular y and lear n the natu ral f lowsof sp eechfromactor s.1. Wh at is thebigge st pr oblem that many Engl ish l earne rs ha ve? B2. W hy do some Engl ish l earne rs NO T spe ak En glish at a ll? B3. Wh at is thebestway t o lea rn En glish acco rding to t he sp eaker? D4. What is t he be st wa y tolearn Engl ish t hroug h mus ic? A5. Howcan y ou be nefit from watc hingEngli sh mo vies? C注释:1. s top s b. fr om do ingk eep s b. fr om do ing 阻止某人做某事p reven t sb. from doin g2.expan d: vt. 使膨胀,使扩充,扩大,发展exte nd: v t. 伸长,延伸,扩大,扩展exte nt: n. 广度,宽度,长度,范围,程度BookIUni t 2W armin g UpHavin g pro blems with your pare nts?Becau se so ciety hasbeenchang ing s o rap idlydurin g the last fewyears, the gapbetwe en th e gen erati ons h as be comelarge r. So it c an bediff icult forchild ren a nd th eir p arent s torelat e1. P arent s oft en fi nd th e ide as an d way s oftheir chil drenoffen sive(冒犯的,无礼的).And c hildr en, o ftenteena gers, tend to b e reb ellio us an d act badl y.Mo re th an at anyother time, Chi lling Outwiththe F olks(和父母轻松相处),a setof s elf-h elp r ecord ingsthatbring thegener ation s tog ether, isneces sary. Chil lingOut w ith t he Fo lks w ill h elp y ou de velop thepatie nce a nd to leran ce(容忍,宽容)neces saryto br idge(弥合起来) anygener ation al di vide(分歧).Hones tly,it wi llch angeyourlife! List en to thes e rec ordin gs to day,and b eginyourtripdownthe r oad t o pea ce an d per fecti on!注释:1. it i s﹢a.﹢for s b.todo st h.对某人来说做某事是…的e g. It is d iffic ult f or me to f inish thetaskthisafter noon.对我来说今天下午完成任务是不可能的 Itis im possi ble f or th e man to b etray(背叛)his c ountr y. 对那个人来说背叛祖国是不可能的Un derst andin g Sho rt Co nvers ation sNow youwillhearten s hortconve rsati ons.A que stion will foll ow ea ch co nvers ation.Lis ten c arefu lly a nd ch oosethe b est a nswer from thefourpossi ble c hoice s.1. W: H ow ab out s pendi ng th e eve ningchill ing o ut wi th th e fol ks?M: Com e on, Mom. I’dreall y lik e toget o ut wi th my frie nds.Q: Wh at do es th e you ng ma n wan t todo? C2. W: H onest ly, I don’t kno w wha t tosay a boutour s on’smusic.M:Leave himalone abou t it. Afte r all, you r mot her d idn’t like your musi c eit her1.Q: W hat s hould thewoman do a ccord ing t o the man? C3. W: I’m surp rised to s ee yo u out andabout so e arlyin th e mor ning.M: Y ou kn ow my mom. Shedoesn’t li ke me slee pingin(睡懒觉), e ven o n wee kends. Q:Why i s the manout a nd ab out s o ear ly in themorni ng? D4. M: A l ittle teen age r ebell ion i s nor mal.Yourson w ill g et ov er it.W:I kno w. I’m jus t wor riedabout himdoing some thing that will ruin hislife.Q: W hy is thewoman worr ied a bouther s on? B5. W: Get a pi ercin g inmy no se? N o way! Myparen ts wo uld b e ang ry!M: You’re n ot gi vingthemenoug h cre dit.I don’t th ink t hey’d be u psetat al l.Q: Whywould n’t t he wo man g et apierc ing i n her nose? B6. W: What bugs youmostabout your daug hter’s eat ing h abits?M:I can’t st and t he wa y she eats so q uickl y.Q: Whydoesthe m an ha ve aprobl em wi th th e way hisdaugh ter e ats? D7.M: Wh at’swrong with outkids? They thin k the y’reentit led t o2 ev eryth ing w e hav e!W: Well, I f eel i t’s m y fau lt fo r giv ing t hem t oo mu ch.Q: Wha t doe s the woma n thi nk ab out t heirkids’ prob lems? B8.W: Da d, I’ve go t a d ate t onigh t wit h Mik e. I’ll be back late.M:Him a gain? I wi sh yo u wou ldn’t date a gu y wit h a t attoo!Q:Whatdoesthe f ather wish forhis d aught er? C9. W: My m other want s meto go into bank ing,but I like writ ing.M: Yo u can’t le t you r mot her c hoose your care er fo r you.Q:Accor dingto th e man, wha t sho uld t he wo man’s moth er NO T do?D10. W: Dad, I’ma gro wn wo man,and y ou ca n’t m ake c hoice s for me.M: H a! If youwerea gro wn wo man,you w ouldn’t wa tch c artoo ns al l day!Q:Why d oes t he gi rl’sfathe r NOT beli eve t hat s he is a gr own w oman? D注释:1. ei ther: 1) a. 两者之中任一的;eg.You m ay re ad ei therbook.两本书中你可以读任意一本。
全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文2-1-A Statement 1:Hello, welcome to "This Week's Sports". The big news this week is the basketball championship. It started on Friday. Los Angeles Lakers beat Philadelphia 76ers, 108 to 96. Lakers won.Statement 2:Utah Jazz played Miami Heat. Jazz lost the game. They lost by just one point. The score was 111 to 110.Statement 3:Detroit Pistons beat Indiana Pacers. The score was 135 to 130. Pistons won. Statement 4: And in the last game Houston Rockets played New York Knicks. Knicks won, 75 to 69. That's it for basketball action. Thank you.2-1-BWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym SometimePeter: Hi, Laura. Where are you heading with that big bagLaura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you known. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out For your health, or to look goodLaura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you Do you get any regular exercise Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment -- sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time -- but I never go to the gym like you do. Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. 2-1-CWatching a GameAlan: Going to the football game today, Betty Betty: No, but I'll be watching it on television with some friends. Alan: Weren't you able to get any ticketsBetty: I didn't try. I really don't go to games so often. Alan: But don't you enjoy going Don't you find it exciting to be part of the crowdBetty: Oh sure, nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it's just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant ...Alan: ... you've basically created your own crowd.Betty: That's right. Another reason why I like to watch sports on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you're sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand, and far from the field.Alan: It's like you're watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you I'm starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games! 2-2-A1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Light winds. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.Looking at the outlook for the next few days, it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three minutes from around 8 . The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.2-2-BDid You Hear the Weather ForecastAlan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine -- but not too much! Do you remember last yearMichelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun. Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off...Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast Is it supposed to rainAlan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.2-2-CA ThunderstormLili: Look, Betty, the sky has turned completely black!Betty: Oh, wow. A big thunderstorm is coming. But I guess it won't last long.Lili: Yeah, maybe for about twenty minutes or so it's going to seem like it's the end of the world. And then the sun will come out again.Betty: I like storms like this. Summer is dramatic. What do you think, LiliLili: Yes, these storms do come quite suddenly in the summer. I often seem to get caught without an umbrella.Betty: But it's not so terribly getting caught in the rain occasionally in the summer. Now if you got all wet during a cold, dreary winter day -- that really would be horrible.Lili: True. Ah, it's starting to rain now. Here it comes. Yes, it's starting to pour.Betty: Here comes the lightning and thunder too.Lili: At least it's supposed to clear up later this afternoon, and to be fine this evening.Betty: That's good, because I'm going to meet some friends tonight.Lili: Well, most likely you will have a very pleasant evening, because this storm should take some of the humidity from the air.Betty: Yes, I must admit that these Chinese summers are very humid.Lili: More humid than in the USBetty: Well, I can't speak about the whole country. But as far as New York goes, I'd say that the weather here in Shanghai tends to be hotter and more humid.Lili: But I think our winters are milder.Betty: Yes, I'm sure they are. We probably also get more snow in New York than you do here. 2-3-A 1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gateW: Yes, many times. Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.Q: Does the woman enjoy the food in that restaurant2.W: Is there something wrong, sirM: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.Q: Is the man satisfied with the restaurant's service3.W: Where is the cake I made this morningM: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for usQ: Do the children like the cake4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.Q: Does the man like chicken best5.M: Have you tried this wine beforeW: No, never. It's the first time, but it's really to my taste.Q: Does the woman like the wine6.M: John, do you want a sodaW: Soda I think it tastes like medicine.Q: Does John want a soda7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.Q: Does the man like the fish8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonightW: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening.Q: Will Sue eat out with the man tonight2-3-BWhat about Dining OutPeter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you beenPeter: Oh, OK, I guess. And youKate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have wePeter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask... Do you have any plans for this SaturdayKate: No, not yet, I don't think so. WhyPeter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekendKate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mindPeter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.2-3-CEating OutA: Well, here we are -- not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood forB: Something light. I went out for pizza at lunch and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night too, but we had fast food at McDonald's, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have the chicken salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great, too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine. you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.2-4-ADialogue 1:M: What's the troubleW: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sickW: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetiteW: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakersDialogue 2:W: What's the matter, Jack You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why What's the matterM: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell meM: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers2-4-BGoing to See the DoctorD: So what's your troubleP: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications availableP: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problemP: Three or four months -- it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life latelyP: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptomsP: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't youP: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exerciseP: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctorD: I will give you some medication for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.2-4-C Eating ApplesYou probably know a famous saying about the importance of eating apples. It is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away.Now, a new American study shows eating apples may help fight cancer, too. Researchscientists at Cornell University in New York say a combination of chemicals found in apples is important for good health. The study shows that the combination of chemicals plays an important part in anti-cancer activity.The scientists say the chemicals are in both the skin and the flesh of apples. Results of the study were reported in the publication Nature. The Cornell researchers studied the chemicals, or extracts, taken from the skin and flesh of red apples grown in New York State. They studied the effectiveness of the apple extracts in fighting cancer.The researchers treated colon (结肠) cancer cells with fifty milligrams of apple extract (苹果汁). Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of cancer cells by forty-three percent. Extracts from the fruit's flesh reduced the growth of cancer cells by twenty-nine percent.The researchers also treated human liver (肝) cancer cells with apple extract. Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of those cells by fifty-seven percent. Extracts from the fleshy part of the apple reduced the cancer cells by forty percent.Lead researcher Liu Ruihai said scientists have long known that apples are good for human health. He says some scientists are interested in testing single vitamins or other substances to see if they alone fight disease. He says his study shows no single substance works alone to reduce cancer. Instead, the combination of chemicals in apples is effective and eating fruit and vegetables is better than taking extra vitamin pills.2-5-A1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and offices. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fora record by the Beatles, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.2-5-BBackground MusicBackground music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music.To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third.But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving -- unless, of course, the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. 2-5-C Celine DionCeline Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine hadcomposed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France.In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No. 1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremonies of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997, she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".2-6-A Identifying the Major Event in a Conversation W: Here we are, Mr. Wang. This is a newly-built building. M: What a fine building! How many floors are there W: Forty. Our company has offices on four floors in the building. M: Yours is really a big company.W: Yes, it is. The sales office is on the first floor. The marketing and accounting offices are on the second floor. And we have many other departments: personnel. research, etc. They are all on the 8th floor.M: Where's the manager's officeW: It's on the 9th floor.Passage:Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to our company. Our company was established in 1999. It is a joint-venture company specializing in sportswear. Most of our products are for young students; some are for adults. All our products sell well both at home and abroad. In recent years, we have expanded our markets from China to Southeast Asia, East Africa, North America, and South America.2-6-BWho Is to Be Promoted(The Personnel Department is having a meeting. Joan Black is the chairperson of the meeting. ) Joan: I think John Jeffrey's already been with the company for 20 years. Surely he's not still expecting promotion. Do you agree, PeterPeter: Well. in my opinion, John's always shown great loyalty to the company. It's time this was rewarded. What do you think, CliveClive: It's not just a question of loyalty. Would he be any good at the job He would need to manage a small team -- he's got no experience of that yet.Peter: He never will have any experience unless we give him a chance!Joan: We can't afford to be sentimental. I don't think he's the man for the job. He's always been a follower, not a leader. Let's move on to the other candidates. Rita Hayden has already shown great personnel management skill, I feel, even if she's ...Peter: Oh, come on, Joan! Rita's still learning her trade! We can't afford to take a risk with someone so inexperienced.Clive: I agree with Peter. I favor Susan Palmer. She's got a lot of experience. She's already worked inthe department on other occasions so she knows the ropes and she's ...Joan: But Susan's always struck me as a bit cautious. We need someone dynamic for this job. Peter: I'd agree with Clive. I think Susan Palmer would do a good job. Maybe she's a bit cautious but she's solid, reliable... We need those qualities too.Joan: Well, if you're both so sure, I suppose I'll have to agree. Still, we'll wait a week before confirming it just in case any other applicants put their names forward.2-6-CA Good SalesmanMr Stevenson was the owner of a general appliance store. He had seen many newly-weds coming into his store to shop for their first refrigerator, washer and dryer, and air-conditioner. Pen and pencil in hand, they would ask him a lot of questions about price, features and after-sale services, but they would usually walk away at the end of their inquiry.The other day a young couple came into his store. They asked him all the usual questions and he answered all of them patiently. But when he suggested an order at the end, they replied firmly, "We'll have to look around places first."Although feeling a bit disappointed, Mr Stevenson did not show it. Instead, he smiled, moved closer and said, "I know you will go to Discount Dan to look at the price tags. That's perfectly understandable. I do the same. In fact, they sell the same stuff as we do. But if you buy things there, there is something you will not get. And that is me. I come with everything I sell. I've been in the business for thirty years and in a few years' time I'm going to give my store to my daughter and son-in-law. I hope they will carry on the family business. I stand behind everything I sell and I will make sure that you will never regret buying things from me."After this short speech Mr Stevenson offered the young couple some ice cream to thank them for their interest.Impressed by his honesty and sincerity, the young couple decided to place an order.2-7-A DialogueM: Excuse me, do you have a T-shirt of this kind in a larger sizeW: What size do you wantM: Medium.W: PardonM: I want a medium.W: Here's a medium in black. Do you like itM: Well, I like the picture on the front, but I'd prefer a white one with a slogan on the front.W: Here's a white one in medium. And it's 100% cotton.M: Perfect. I'll take it.2-7-BFashion -- Image or RealityWhy do people spend so much money on fashion Do they want to create an image or make sure they are not old-fashioned Do people really judge each other by the clothes they wear The billion-dollar fashion industry certainly tries to convince consumers that such judgements are made.Unfortunately, they may be right. A recent study using elementary school students was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Klein designer jeans were more handsome and successful than those wearing Wranglers. Levi-wearers were seen as sporty, fashionable and fun! Obviously we learn early that "Clothes make the man." In other words, clothes show age, outlook, status and income. However, clothes that look great on professional models may look terrible on theaverage buyer.Although beautiful clothes don't help physically, they are important for social and psychological effects. Expensive clothes can make the wearer feel like part of the high status group that sets taste and style. So you are buying an image of success. You may really live a routine life, waking up in the morning feeling dull and ordinary. But when you dress in these expensive clothes, your mood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another day with energy. Sound crazy People who love clothes say it's true.Of course, a lot of people don't like high fashion. They'd rather spend their money on something practical. Which would you prefer -- the image or the reality 2-7-C Platform Shoes If you have been thinking that platform shoes are the newest fashion trend on the planet, then it is about time you found out something about these height boosters. Not only were they wildly popular during the noisy disco days of the 1970's, but they were also all the rage during the late 1400's to 1600's.The platform shoes that were the sign of high fashion in the 1600's were more practical than today's style symbols. They were worn over delicate shoes to protect them from getting dirty when walking in muddy or dusty streets.After going out of fashion in the 1600's, platforms returned to the style scene in the 1930's when designers such as Salvatore Ferragamo began breaking the rules of fashion. They re-emerged again towards the end of the 1960's and by 1975 were so common that men were also trying to balance on their massive heels.No matter how fashionable platforms are, they also have a reputation for creating problems. It is very easy to twist your ankle while wearing platforms and the damage this can do to your foot can be serious. In Japan, they have also brought about traffic problems as women wearing them while driving have been unable to brake quickly enough and as a result caused accidents! 2-8-A Nowadays, dieting is a popular practice in many countries. However, of the nearly 50 American adults currently dieting, only less than 10% will be able to maintain their weight loss for at least a year. Researchers in the Framingham Heart Study pointed out that losing and gaining weight again might be harmful to your heart. Over a 14-year period, they analyzed the weight changes and health of 3,130 people. They found that those adults whose weight shifted the most had about a 50% increased risk of developing heart disease than those whose weight remained more stable. For now the researchers are not sure how weight changes are linked to health problems, but they think that people who diet frequently may prefer high-fat foods. Losing and regaining weight may also cause an unhealthy distribution of body weight. Dieters may lose pounds from their legs only to regain weight in an area such as their stomach, which increases the risk of developing heart disease.2-8-B Lottery WinnersDo you dream of winning the lottery So have millions of other people. Every day, millions of Americans buy lottery tickets. They are hoping to win $100,000, $1,000,000 or more. What happens after you win the lottery When you win a million dollars, you don't receive a check for the total amount. You receive $50, 000 a year for twenty years. Also, you must pay taxes. After taxes, you receive from $25,000 to $40,000 a year for twenty years. This is a lot of extra spending money.What have some people done with their money Let's look at three past winners.Lisa K wanted to be an artist, but she didn't have enough money to go to art school. She was working at a job she didn't enjoy. In August, Lisa bought one ticket and won two million dollars. She quit her job three weeks later and is now attending art school.Mark L was a car salesman. He worked seven days a week and had little time for family life. After he won the lottery, he quit working. Now he spends his time bowling, working in the garden, and fixing things in his house. But, he's bored. He doesn't want to sell cars again, but he isn't sure what he wants to do with his life.Jack B is one of the small number of winners who did not quit his job. Jack still teaches at a school near his home. But now he and his wife take their children on an interesting vacation every year. And they don't worry about sending their children to college. They say that money brings security and gives a person opportunities, but it doesn't bring happiness. 2-8-C An Abandoned Newborn BabyA healthy newborn girl was discovered in Central Park yesterday morning. The baby was abandoned on the top of a rock shortly before dawn after the mother gave birth to her there.The police said that the baby was healthy and weighed 7 pounds. Now they were searching for the mother. A policeman said that they had never had anything like this before. They really didn't get babies left in the park. But they were just happy the baby was all right.The police rushed the baby to a nearby hospital. Fortunately she was OK. The police believed the baby was born less than half an hour before she was discovered. They also believed judging from the amount of blood found on the rock, that the mother might have given birth there. It was 70 degrees when the baby was found.Detectives were investigating whether the mother was a homeless woman who called a baby rescue hotline early yesterday. The head of Hope Foundation said that his hotline received a call about 5:30 . from a young homeless woman in Manhattan. The caller asked, "How do I get rid of my baby" She was apparently in labor. Then she was told to go to。
全新版大学英语3听说教程原文及答案篇一:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程3听力练习Unit 1 ParentsPassage 1Ex. 11 -3 cabEx. 21・ her husband spend more time with his mother・ //Life is too short, you need to spend time with the people you love, You probably won't believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together, it will make us closer・2.1) she was waiting by the door with her coat on and she had her hair curled・2) She had told her lady friends about this・Passage 2Ex. 1 1 -3 c d dEx. 21. took// out to dinner// neighborhood2・ nicer than he expected・3. A couple of times・4.the importance of slowing down//his marriagePart C 1-5 b c b d dUnit 2 CoincidencePassage 1Ex 1 1-4 b a d cEx 2 1984 // son // medical school // tuition // afford it // realize // newspaper ads // extra business // advertisement //succeeded // agent // changed // phone call // put aside // doing // immediately familiar // his father-inTdw's // visited // father-in-law // alive //coincidencePassage 21.The house was decora ted exactly the same as Mr. Stewart remembered 辻2・ Mr. St ewar t happened to be in the house when a postman came to deliver a letter to his father-in-law who had died 15 years ago.3.The old postman had called in sick that day, and the postman who came in his place was not familiar with the neighborhood・ Other wise the letter would have been returned to its sender・Ex. 21・ He was intrigued・2. A bank statement・3・ His father-in-law had put an amount of money in the bank for his grandchildren^ educat ion.4. A little over $ 15,0005・ He could use the money to cover the tuition of his first year at a medical college・6・ He is a doctor in Illinois・Part C1) collections5)Theater2) shot 3) presence 7) victim7!) justice 6) occur8)officers had only managed to identify the first victim minutes before the second accident9)They married on the same day, had worn identical wedding dresses and carried the same flowers・10)How can we explain the above similarities?Unit 3 CourageEx 1 1-2 c cPassage 2Ex. 21.Because she was afraid Krimali might not be able to catch the baby.2.Because she thought the bed sheets could somehow protect the Ex 2 1-8TFFFFTTFbaby form being hurt if she failed to catch her・3.Because they were afraid of the swaying ceiling・4・ To make it easier and safer for the baby's mother to get down・5・ About two dozen.Part C1-4 a b d dUnit 4 MarriageConversation 1Ex. 1Ex. 2 1 -3 b c a1・ understand each other's expectations // could be avoided //live happily2.Cleaning up // cleaned up and put away before going to bed3・ Sleeping //ll p・m. // 6:30 a・m. // on weekendsConversation 2Ex. 1Ex. 21・ get lost// five minutes // driving // stop // directions2・ breaking rules // break a rule // apologize and do something nice for the other person to make it up 1一3 c c a3.reviewing the contents of the agreement // review this agreement once a year // make necessary changesPart CUnit 5 YouthPassage 1Ex. 1 1 一2 d c 1 一3 a d bEx. 2 Testing //river // if there were antibiotics // resistant // 350 watersamples // the samples // Low levels // three // Water Prize // 5000 / Sweden's Passage 2Ex. 11.reaching //everybody //exposing //lies2.advertising campaign // youth // against tobacco companies3.the message // teenagers // their advertisementsEx. 2 1-5 c a d c bPart C1 一4 a c d cUnit 6 StressConversation 1篇二:全新版大学英语听说教程第二版3听力原文及答案Unitl-12全新版大学英语第二版听说教程第三册听力原文及答案Un辻1Text 1Dating with My Mother (Part One)After 22 years of marriage, I have discovered the secret to keep love alive in my relationship with my wife, Peggy. I started dating with another woma n.It was Peggy s idea・ One day she said to me, Life is too short, you need to spend time with the people you love・ You probably won t believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together, it will make us closer・ The other woman my wife was encouraging me to date is my mother, a 72-year-old widow who has lived alone since my fat her died 20 years ago. Right after his dea th, I moved2,500 miles away to California and started my own life and career・When I moved back near my hometown six years ago, I promised myself that I would spend more time with mom・ But with the demands of my job and three kids, I never got around to seeing her much beyond family get-togethers and holidays・Mom was surprised and suspicious when I called and suggested the two of us go out to dinner and a movie・What s wrong? she asked・I thought it would be nice to spend some time with you, I said・ Just the two of us.I would like that a lot, she said・When I pulled into her driveway, she was waiting by the door with her coat on. Her hair was curled, and she was smiling・I told my lady friends I was going out with my son, and they were all impressed・ They can t wait to hear about our evening, Mother said・Exercise 1: 1. c 2・ &3・ bQuestions:1.What would make the speaker closer to his wife, Peggy?2.What do you know about the speaker s mother?3.Which of the following adjectives best describes Peggy?Exercise 2:1.She sugges ted that her husband spend more time with his mot her ・ She said to her husband, Life is too short, but you need to spend time with the people you love・ You probably won t believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together , it will make us closer ・2.1)・・・ she was waiting by the door with her coat on and she had her hair curled・2) She had told her lady friends about this・Text 2Dating with My Mother (Part Two)We didn t go anywhere fancy, just a neighborhood place where we could talk ・ Since her eyes now see only large shapes and shadows, I had to read the menu for both of us.I used to be the reader when you were little, she said・Then it is time for you to relax and let me return the favor, I said・We had a nice talk over dinner, just catching up on each other s lives・ We talked for so long that we missed the movie・I 11 go out with you again, my mot her said as I dropped her off, but only if you let me buy dinner next time・I agreed・How was your date? my wife asked when I got home that evening・Nice・・・ nicer than I thought it would be, I said・Mom and I get out for dinner a couple of times a month・ Sometimes we take in a movie, but mostly we talk・ I tell her about my trails at work and brag about the kids and Peggy. Mom fills me in on family gossip and tells me about her past・ Now I know what it was like for her to work in a factory during the Second World War・ I know how she met my father there, and know how they went through the difficult times・ I can t get enough of these stories・ They are important to me, a part of my history. We also talk about the future・ Because of health problems, my mother worries about the days ahead・Spending time with my mom has taught me the importance of slowing down・Peggy was right・ Dating another woman has helped my marriage・Exercise 1: 1・ c 2・ d 3. dQuestions:1.What does the story mainly tell us?2.Which of the following is true?3・ What can you learn from the story?Ex. 21. took// out to dinner// neighborhood2・ nicer than he expected・3. A couple of times・4.the importance of slowing down//his marriageUnit 2TextlWhat a Coincidence! (Part One)Andrew had always wanted to be a doctor・But the tuition for a medical school in 1984 was 15, 000 dollars a year, which was more than his family could afford・ To help him realize his dream, his father, Mr. Stewart, a real estate agent, began searching the house-for-sale ads in newspapers in order to find extra business・One advertisement that he noted down was for the sale of a house in a nearby town. Mr. St ewar t called the owner, trying to persuade him to let him be his agent・ Somehow he succeeded and the owner promised that he would come to him if he failed to get a good deal with his present agent・ Then they made an appointment to meet and discuss the thing・As good things are never easy to acquire, the time for the appointment had to be changed almost ten times・ On the day when they were supposed to meet at 3 o clock in the afternoon, Mr. Stewart received another call from the owner・His heart sank as he feared there would be another change of time・ And so it was・ The owner told him that he couldn t make it at three but if he would come right then, they could talk it over・Mr. Stewart was overjoyed・Leaving everything aside, he immediately set out to drive to the house・As he approached the area, he had a strange feeling of having been there before・ The streets, the trees, the neighborhood, all looked familiar to him. And when he finally reached the house, something clicked in his mind・ It used to be the house of his father-in-law! The old man had died fifteen years ago but when he was alive, he had often visited him with his wife and childre n. He remembered that, like his son Andrew, his fat her - inTaw had also wanted to study medicine and, failing to do so, had always hoped that one of his two daughters or his grandchildren could someday become a doctor・Exercise 1:1・ b 2・ & 3. d 4・ cQuestions:1.Who are the two main characters in the story you have just heard?2・ How did Mr. Stewart get to know the owner of the house?3・ What problem did Mr. Stewart have?4・ What is the coincidence in the story you have just heard?Exercise 2:1984 / son / medical school / tuition / afford it / realize / newspaper ads / extra business / advertisement / succeeded / agent / changed / phone call / put aside / doing / immediately / familiar / father-in-law s / visited / his father-in-law alive / coincidence Text2What a Coincidence! (Part Two)When he entered the house, Mr. St ewar t was even more amazed to find that the house was decorated exactly as he had remembered it. He told the owner about this and the latter became intrigued too. However, they were in for even greater surprises・ It so happened that in the middle of their discussion, a postman came to deliver a letter・ And the letter was addressed to Mr. Stewart s father-in-law! Were it not for Mr. Stewart s presence there and then, the letter would be returned as no person of that name lived in the house any longer・ As the postman demanded a signature on the receipt slip, Mr. Stewart signed for his long-deceased father-in-law. Mystified, the owner urged Mr. Stewart to open the letter and see what it contained・ The letter was from a bank・ When he opened it, two words immediately met his eye 一一For education ・ It was a bank statement of an amount his father-in-law had put in years ago for his grandchildren s education needs・ With the interest it had earned over the years, the standing value of the amount came to a little over $15, 000, just enough money to cover the tuition of Andrew s first year at a medical college!Another thing that is worth mentioning is about the postman. The original postman, who had worked in this neighborhood, called in sick that day. So the postman, who was new to the area, came to deliver mail in his place・ Had it been the old postman, the letter would undoubtedly be returned to the senderas he knew full well that no person bearing that name lived in that house anylonger・The miracle was a blessing for Andrew・ With the money given to him by his grandfather he was able to study medicine・ Now he is a doctor in Illinois.Exercisel :1.The house was decorated exac tly the same as Mr. St ewart remembered 辻2・ Mr. St ewar t happened to be in the house when a postman came to deliver a letterto his father-in-law who had died 15 years ago.3.The old postman had called in sick that day, and the postman who came in hisplace was not familiar with the neighborhood・ Other wise the letter would have been returned to its sender・Exercise 2:1.He was intrigued・2. A bank statement・3・his father-in-law had put an amount of money in the bank for his grandchildren s education.4. A little over $15, 000.3・He could use the money to cover the tuition of his first year at a medical college・6. He is a doctor in Illinois・Un辻3Text 1Krimali (Part One)On the morning of the devastating earthquake that struck India in 2001, Krimali, a girl of 17, had just left home to go to an interview for a position of a sales clerk・ She was pleased with her green and yellow flowered dress, but felt something wasn t quite right about her hair・She returned home,removing her shoes and leaving them at the door・Moments later, the earthquake struck・ Ceilings and walls in the building shook in the deafening noise・ Then everything began crashing down.Krimali and her immediate family escaped serious injury but were unable to make their way out・The ceiling of an entire room towered above the only possible escape route・ Completely detached on three sides, the huge slab clung to an outside wall on its fourth side・ To an observer, it could drop at any moment・People were screaming and didn t know what to do. Krimali decided to act・Carefully she climbed barefoot up and down the debris until she reached a point just beneath the swaying ceiling・ About four meters below were uneven pieces of concrete, broken glass and smashed furniture, all mixed with sharp spikes of iron. She knew if she could manage to get down to the ground level, she could make her way to safety・ She paused to figure out the best way down・ As there wasn t any good place to jump, she just jumped・ Luckily, she landed in a crouch, her feet missing any sharp edges・ Emboldened by her good fortune, Krimali knew it was up to her to persuade others to follow.Exercise 1: Ex 1 1一2 c c Ex 2 1一8 T F F F F T T FText 2Krimali ( Part Two)Krimali planned to rescue her family first, but just then she heard a woman from two storeys above screaming for someone to save her two-month-old baby.Throw the baby to me, Krimali shouted・ I can catch her!The woman refused・ Krimali told the woman to wrap the baby in bed sheets and then toss her down・ Crying uncontrollably, the mother wrapped the little girl but stillwould not part with her baby. As the mother tried to decide what to do, Krimali intently watched the concrete ceiling hanging above her・ Finally the mother tossed the baby. Krimali made a clean catch・ A bright smile lit up thewoman s face・ I 11 be back! Krimali called out, hugging the child to her as she hurriedly picked her way out to where survivors had gathered・She gave up the baby, then asked if any of the men there would come back with her to help others trapped in the building・ No one came forward, for they were all afraid of that swaying ceiling・ But for Krimali, a small girl of 154 centimeters in height and weighing about 50 kilos, her fears had been lifted by what she had accomplished・On her way back into the ruins, she saw part of a large door・It was extremely heavy but she managed to drag it to the spot just below the hanging ceiling・ By placing it on the ruins, she created something like a sliding board ・ With Krimali coaching her, the baby s mother partly jumped and partly rolled down the board to the ground leve 1・ Krimali led her through the debris to her baby.In the hours that followed Krimali made countless rescue missions into the building, each time in the shadow of the huge ceiling・ Thanks to her courage, about two dozen men, women and children were saved・Exercise 1:Questions :1-2 d bExercise 2:1.Because she was afraid Krimali might not be able to catch her・2.Because she thought the bed sheets could somehow protect the baby from being hurt if she failed to catch her・3.Because they were afraid of the swaying ceiling・4・ To make it easier and safer for people to get down・3・ About two dozen were saved・Un辻4Text 1A Marriage Agreement (Part One)(Tom and Linda have signed a marriage agreement・ Both agree not to break the rules outlined in the agreement・ John, a reporte「is talking to them about the agreement・)John: Tom, Linda, first I d like to ask you why you decided to write this unusual agreement・Tom:We found that many problems are caused when a person has different expectations from his or her spouse・ We wanted to talk about everything openly and honestly before we started living together・Linda: Also we both know how important it is to respect each other s pet peeves・ Like, I can get very annoyed if others leave stuff 一一clothing, papers, everything! -- lying around on the floor・ It really bugged me, so we put that in the agreement・John: This is mentioned in Article 1: Cleaning Up, isn t it? It says, Nothing will be left on the floor overnight・ Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed・篇三:全新版大学英语听说教程3答案UnitlPart B Passagel Exercisel: 1. c 2. a. 3. b Exercise2 : 1. her husband spend more time with his mother 2・ l)she was waiting by the door with her coat on and she her hair curled ・2) she had told her lady friends about this・ Passage2 Exercisel: 1. c2.d3. dExercise2 :1・ took;out to dinner;neighborhood 2. nice than he expected3.A couple of times4.the importance of showing down;his marriage Part C 1. b 2・ c 3. b 4. d5.dhad Unit 2Part B Passagel Exercisel: 1. b 2. a 3. d 4. c Exercise2 :1984; son;medical school:tuition;afford it:realize;newspaper ads;extrabusiness;advertisement;succeeded;agent;changed; phone cal1;putaside;doing;immediately;familiar;his father-in-law1s;visited;father-in-law;alive;coincidence; Passage2 Exercisel:1・ The house was decorated exactly the same as Mr. Stewartremembered it. 2. Mr. Stewart happened to be in the house when a postman came to deliver a letter to his father-in-law who had died 15 years ago.3.the old postman had called in sick that day , and the postman who came in his place was not familiar with the neighborhood ・ otherwise the letter would have been returned to its sender Exercise2 :l・He was intrigued 2. A bank statement 3. his father-in-law had put an amount of money in the bank for his grandchildren^ education.4. A little over $150005. he could use the money to cover the tuition of his first year at a medical school・6. he is a doctor in Illinois Part C collections;shot;presence;justice;Theater;occur;victim;8)officers had only managed to identify the first victimminutes before the second accident9)they married on the same day , had worn identical wedding dresses and carried the same flowers 10)How can we explain the above similarities Unit 3Part B Passagel Exercise 1: 1. c 2・ c Exercise 2:1・T 2. F 3・ F 4. F 3・F6.T7. T8. F Passage2 Exercise 1: 1. d 2. b Exercise 2: 1. Because she was afraid Krimali might not be able to catch the baby・ 2. Because she thought the bed sheets could somehow protect the baby from being hurt if she failed to catch her・ 3. Because they were afraid of the swaying ceiling 4・ to make it easier and safer for the baby 's mot her to get down ・ 5. A bout two dozenPart C 1・ a2.b3. d4. dUnit 4Part B Passagel Exercise 1: 1. d 2. c 3. a Exercise 2: 1. understand each other "sexpectations :could be avoided ;live happily together 2. cleaning up;cleaned up and put away before going to bed 3. sleeping;lip・m;6:30a・m;on weekends Passage2 Exercise l:l.c 2. c 3•& Exercise 2:1.get lost;five minutes :driving:stop;direction 2・breakingrules; break a rule; apologize and do some thing nice for the other person to make it up3.reviewing the contents of the agreement;review this agreement once a year;make necessary changes Part C 1. a 2・d 3. bUnit 5Part B Passagel Exercise 1:1・ d 2・ c Exercise 2: Testing;river; if there were antibiotics ; resistant:350 water samples;the samples;lowlevels;three;Water Prize ;5000;Sweden'sPassage2 Exercise 1:1. eaching:verybady;xposing:ies 2・advertisingcampaign;youth;against tobacco companies 3・themassage;teenagers;theiradvertisements Exercise 2: 1. c 2. a 3・ d 4. c 5. b Part C 1. a 2. c 3. d 4. cUnit 6Part B Conversationl Exercise 1: l・d 2.c 3・b Exercise 2: policeofficer;30;patrol;undercover;detective;supervisinginvestigation:being a policeofficer:assignment:patrol: the fear of the unknown Conversation2 Exercise 1:1・T 2・ F 3 ・T4.F 3. T Exercise 2: 1・an exercise program;a psychologicalprogram;counseling for officers;several discussion groups2.baseball:get some sort of exercise;his personal relationships;relationship with his wife Part C 1. d 2・d3. d4. b 3・cUnit7Part B Conversationl Exercise 1: 1. in Mr. Andrew Song's office 2. Boss and secretary 3. To see Mr. Andrew Song on business Exercise 2: 1. d 2. b 3. a4.b 3. c Conversation2 Exercise 1:1. b 2. c Exercise 2: to discuss the causes of the decline in profits;10:00a・m;Chief Sales Executive;Sales are down but not by too much ; the budget for sales hasn't increased even withinformation;the products are old Part C 1. d 2. b 3. d 4. b。
大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part AYou are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each Directions:Directions: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1. M: You like music, don’t you, Sally?W: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music. I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean?2. W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one? I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: How do you like the pie you’ve had?M: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean?4. W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How about getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by the parking lot?Q: Where are the two speakers?5. W: Nice day, isn’t it? Want to join us for a swim?M: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get prepared?Q: What does the woman mean?6. W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some time. How have you been?M: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony?7. W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor Wang?M: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean?8. W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold was goingaway. But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointmentwith the doctor earlier?Q: What does the man mean?Part B: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and DirectionsDirections: Youchoose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going? Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowd? Betty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting intoand out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field. Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9. What do you know about the two speakers?10. What are the two speakers talking about?11. Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV?12. What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safety tips with us. OK, Tom,they’re all yours.Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’m a firefighter at Station 11. Well, we live in California. As we know there are a lot of earthquakeshere. Many are small. But, if there’s a strong earthquake, what should we do?Does anyone know?Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table. Tom: That’s right. What else?Boy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break. Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then? What should you do?Boy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why not?Boy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake.But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13. What is the speaker talking about?14. Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’s a strongearthquake?15. What are the students advised to do after an earthquake?Part CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common? The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latest classroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors in African can get up-to-the-second information on medical research around the world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information.Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensive?Not really – a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as lowas$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying in Korea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’ performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some countries video games are fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. These video games are causing children to waste their money on them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place in licensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into these centers. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them are schoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some play for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of their homes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that must be asked is: Have they any education value?Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July 1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same time she became interested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that women could be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all by herself and to breakthe previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing much hardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flight of 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. In later years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy joined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft from factories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end to the life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shopping customs the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OK to bargain can save you a lot of money and make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargaining guide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game of skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather, business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lower rate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the food markets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home with them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each Directions:will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1. M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoon?W: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do?2. M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance?3. M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, Bill?W: A warm day? Haven’t you listened to the weather forecast?Q: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow?4. M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’d go to the schoolcanteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it? It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean?5. M: Would you like to try some banana pie? It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean?6. M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money onit.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree?7. M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thanking youfor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup first?Q: Where does the conversation take place?8. M: You know I’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it veryuseful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: YouYou’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and Directions:choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you? Are you still feeling very tired all the time?M: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to do?W: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. Andlastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I do?W: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exercise program for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you should do. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9. What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor?10. Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do?11. What do you know about the man?Conversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like music?W: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock music?W: No, it’s too noisy. What about you?M: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last night?M: No, I didn’t. What was on?W: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really? He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At least I suppose so.He’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interview?W: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public? They earn money from the public. So why shouldn’t the public criticize them? They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans.W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12. What do you know about the woman?13. Why are rock stars famous according to the man?14. What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview?15. Which of the following is true of the man?Part CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast. It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions, it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃ in summer, or falls below—10℃ in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they are starting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in the Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoy discussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with the progress in scien fic research. Recently the term "health" has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mind and your rela onship with other people. This new concept of health is closely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is the degree of overall sa sfac on that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shi ed from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this has to do with the length and condi ons of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live un l about the age of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live to the age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advanced countries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in my opinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways. First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewer children and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities. In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most of the environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lot healthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably do not worry us as much as earthquakes, especially in modern times. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday we may be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise. People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost in earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程第三册听力原文及答案Unit 1Text 1Dating with My Mother (Part One)After 22 years of marriage, I have discovered the secret to keep love alive in my relationship with my wife, Peggy. I started dating with another woman.It was Peggy's idea. One day she said to me, 'Life is too short, you need to spend time with the people you love. You probably won't believe me, but I know you loveher and I think that if the two of you spend more time together, it will make us closer.' The 'other' woman my wife was encouraging me to date is my mother, a 72-year-old widow who has lived alone since my father died 20 years ago. Right after his death, I moved 2,500 miles away to California and started my own life and career. When I moved back near my hometown six years ago, I promised myself that I would spend more time with mom. But with the demands of my job and three kids, I never got around to seeing her much beyond family get-togethers and holidays.Mom was surprised and suspicious when I called and suggested the two of us go out to dinner and a movie.'What's wrong?' she asked.'I thought it would be nice to spend some time with you,' I said. 'Just the two of us.''I would like that a lot,' she said.When I pulled into her driveway, she was waiting by the door with her coat on. Her hair was curled, and she was smiling. 'I told my lady friends I was going out with my son, and they were all impressed. They can't wait to hear about our evening,' Mother said.Exercise 1: 1. c 2. a 3.bQuestions:1. What would make the speaker closer to his wife, Peggy?2. What do you know about the speaker's mother?3. Which of the following adjectives best describes Peggy?Exercise 2:1. She suggested that her husband spend more time with his mother. She said to her husband, "Life is too short, but you need to spend time with the people you love. You probably won't believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together , it will make us closer."2. 1) ...she was waiting by the door with her coat on and she had her hair curled.2) She had told her lady friends about this.Text 2Dating with My Mother (Part Two)We didn't go anywhere fancy, just a neighborhood place where we could talk. Since her eyes now see only large shapes and shadows, I had to read the menu for both of us.'I used to be the reader when you were little,' she said.'Then it is time for you to relax and let me return the favor,' I said.We had a nice talk over dinner, just catching up on each other's lives. We talked for so long that we missed the movie.'I'll go out with you again,' my mother said as I dropped her off, 'but only if you let me buy dinner next time.'I agreed.'How was your date?' my wife asked when I got home that evening.'Nice...nicer than I thought it would be,' I said.Mom and I get out for dinner a couple of times a month. Sometimes we take in a movie, but mostly we talk. I tell her about my trails at work and brag about the kids and Peggy. Mom fills me in on family gossip and tells me about her past. Now I know what it was like for her to work in a factory during the Second World War. I knowhow she met my father there, and know how they went through the difficult times. I can't get enough of these stories. They are important to me, a part of my history. We also talk about the future. Because of health problems, my mother worries about the days ahead.Spending time with my mom has taught me the importance of slowing down. Peggy was right. Dating another woman has helped my marriage.Exercise 1: 1. c 2. d 3. dQuestions:1. What does the story mainly tell us?2. Which of the following is true?3. What can you learn from the story?Ex. 2 1. took// out to dinner// neighborhood2. nicer than he expected.3. A couple of times.4. the importance of slowing down//his marriageUnit 2Text1What a Coincidence! (Part One)Andrew had always wanted to be a doctor. But the tuition for a medical school in 1984 was 15,000 dollars a year, which was more than his family could afford. To help him realize his dream, his father, Mr. Stewart, a real estate agent, began searching the house-for-sale ads in newspapers in order to find extra business. One advertisement that he noted down was for the sale of a house in a nearby town. Mr. Stewart called the owner, trying to persuade him to let him be his agent. Somehow he succeeded and the owner promised that he would come to him if he failed to get a good deal with his present agent. Then they made an appointment to meet and discuss the thing.As good things are never easy to acquire, the time for the appointment had to be changed almost ten times. On the day when they were supposed to meet at 3 o'clock in the afternoon, Mr. Stewart received another call from the owner. His heart sank as he feared there would be another change of time. And so it was. The owner told him that he couldn't make it at three but if he would come right then, they could talk it over. Mr. Stewart was overjoyed. Leaving everything aside, he immediately set out todrive to the house.As he approached the area, he had a strange feeling of having been there before. The streets, the trees, the neighborhood, all looked familiar to him. And when he finally reached the house, something clicked in his mind. It used to be the house of his father-in-law! The old man had died fifteen years ago but when he was alive, he had often visited him with his wife and children. He remembered that, like his son Andrew, his father-in-law had also wanted to study medicine and, failing to do so, had always hoped that one of his two daughters or his grandchildren could someday become a doctor.Exercise 1:1. b 2. a 3. d 4. cQuestions:1. Who are the two main characters in the story you have just heard?2. How did Mr. Stewart get to know the owner of the house?3. What problem did Mr. Stewart have?4. What is the coincidence in the story you have just heard?Exercise 2:1984 / son / medical school / tuition / afford it / realize / newspaper ads / extra business / advertisement / succeeded / agent / changed / phone call / put aside / doing / immediately / familiar / father-in-law's / visited / his father-in-law alive / coincidenceText2What a Coincidence! (Part Two)When he entered the house, Mr. Stewart was even more amazed to find that the house was decorated exactly as he had remembered it. He told the owner about this and the latter became intrigued too. However, they were in for even greater surprises. It so happened that in the middle of their discussion, a postman came to deliver a letter. And the letter was addressed to Mr. Stewart's father-in-law! Were it not for Mr. Stewart's presence there and then, the letter would be returned as no person of that name lived in the house any longer. As the postman demanded a signature on the receipt slip, Mr. Stewart signed for his long-deceased father-in-law. Mystified, the owner urged Mr. Stewart to open the letter and see what it contained. The letter was from a bank. When he opened it, two words immediately met his eye -- 'For education'. It was a bank statement of an amount his father-in-law had put in years ago for his grandchildren's education needs. With the interest it had earned over the years, the standing value of the amount came to a little over $15,000, just enough money to cover the tuition of Andrew's first year at a medical college!Another thing that is worth mentioning is about the postman. The original postman, who had worked in this neighborhood, called in sick that day. So the postman, who was new to the area, came to deliver mail in his place. Had it been the old postman, the letter would undoubtedly be returned to the sender as he knew full well that no person bearing that name lived in that house any longer.The miracle was a blessing for Andrew. With the money given to him by his grandfather he was able to study medicine. Now he is a doctor in Illinois.Exercise1:1.The house was decorated exactly the same as Mr. Stewart remembered it2.Mr. Stewart happened to be in the house when a postman came to deliver a letterto his father-in-law who had died 15 years ago.3.The old postman had called in sick that day, and the postman who came in hisplace was not familiar with the neighborhood. Other wise the letter would have been returned to its sender.Exercise 2:1. He was intrigued.2. A bank statement.3. his father-in-law had put an amount of money in the bank for his grandchildren's education.4. A little over $15,000.5. He could use the money to cover the tuition of his first year at a medical college.6. He is a doctor in Illinois.Unit 3Text 1Krimali (Part One)On the morning of the devastating earthquake that struck India in 2001, Krimali, a girl of 17, had just left home to go to an interview for a position of a sales clerk. She was pleased with her green and yellow flowered dress, but felt something wasn't quite right about her hair. She returned home, removing her shoes and leaving them at the door.Moments later, the earthquake struck. Ceilings and walls in the building shook in the deafening noise. Then everything began crashing down.Krimali and her immediate family escaped serious injury but were unable to make their way out. The ceiling of an entire room towered above the only possible escape route. Completely detached on three sides, the huge slab clung to an outside wall on its fourth side. To an observer, it could drop at any moment.People were screaming and didn't know what to do. Krimali decided to act. Carefully she climbed barefoot up and down the debris until she reached a point just beneath the swaying ceiling. About four meters below were uneven pieces of concrete, broken glass and smashed furniture, all mixed with sharp spikes of iron. She knew if she could manage to get down to the ground level, she could make her way to safety. She paused to figure out the best way down. As there wasn't any good place to jump, she just jumped. Luckily, she landed in a crouch, her feet missing any sharp edges. Emboldened by her good fortune, Krimali knew it was up to her to persuade others to follow.Exercise 1: Ex 1 1-2 c c Ex 2 1-8 T F F F F T T FText 2Krimali ( Part Two)Krimali planned to rescue her family first, but just then she heard a woman from two storeys above screaming for someone to save her two-month-old baby."Throw the baby to me," Krimali shouted. "I can catch her!"The woman refused. Krimali told the woman to wrap the baby in bed sheets and then toss her down. Crying uncontrollably, the mother wrapped the little girl but stillwould not part with her baby. As the mother tried to decide what to do, Krimali intently watched the concrete ceiling hanging above her. Finally the mother tossed the baby. Krimali made a clean catch. A bright smile lit up the woman's face. "I'll be back!" Krimali called out, hugging the child to her as she hurriedly picked her wayout to where survivors had gathered.She gave up the baby, then asked if any of the men there would come back with her to help others trapped in the building. No one came forward, for they were all afraid of that swaying ceiling. But for Krimali, a small girl of 154 centimeters in height and weighing about 50 kilos, her fears had been lifted by what she had accomplished.On her way back into the ruins, she saw part of a large door. It was extremely heavy but she managed to drag it to the spot just below the hanging ceiling. By placing it on the ruins, she created something like a sliding board. With Krimali coaching her, the baby's mother partly jumped and partly rolled down the board to the ground level. Krimali led her through the debris to her baby.In the hours that followed Krimali made countless rescue missions into the building, each time in the shadow of the huge ceiling. Thanks to her courage, about two dozen men, women and children were saved.Exercise 1:Questions :1-2 d bExercise 2:1. Because she was afraid Krimali might not be able to catch her.2. Because she thought the bed sheets could somehow protect the baby from being hurt if she failed to catch her.3. Because they were afraid of the swaying ceiling.4. To make it easier and safer for people to get down.5. About two dozen were saved.Unit 4Text 1A Marriage Agreement (Part One)(Tom and Linda have signed a marriage agreement. Both agree not to break the rules outlined in the agreement. John, a reporter, is talking to them about the agreement.) John: Tom, Linda, first I'd like to ask you why you decided to write this unusual agreement.Tom: We found that many problems are caused when a person has different expectations from his or her spouse. We wanted to talk about everything openly and honestly before we started living together.Linda: Also we both know how important it is to respect each other's pet peeves. Like, I can get very annoyed if others leave stuff -- clothing, papers, everything! -- lying around on the floor. It really bugged me, so we put that in the agreement.John: This is mentioned in Article 1: Cleaning Up, isn't it? It says, "Nothing will beleft on the floor overnight. Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed."Tom: Then I'll know clearly what Linda's expectations are.John: I see. What about Article 2: Sleeping? It says, "We will go to bed at 11 p.m. and get up at 6:30 a.m. except on weekends." I'm sure some people hearing this will think that this agreement isn't very romantic.Tom: Well, we disagree. We think it's very romantic. This agreement shows that wesat down and talked, and really tried to understand the other person. A lot of problems occur in a marriage when people don't talk about what they want.Linda: That's right. When we disagreed about something, we worked out a solution that was good for both of us. I would much rather have Tom really listen to me and understand my needs than give me a bunch of flowers or a box of candy.Exercise 1: 1. b 2. c 3.aQuestions:1. Which statement best summarizes the marriage agreement between Tom and Linda?2. According to Tom, what will give rise to problems in a marriage?3. What can be inferred about Linda from the conversation?Exercise 2:1. Because she wanted to understand each other's expectations so that potential problems could be avoided and they could live happily together.2. Cleaning up. Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed.3. Sleeping. Time for bed: 11pm; time to get up: 6:30am except on weekends.Text 2A Marriage Agreement (Part Two)John: Linda, do you spend a lot of time checking to see if the other person is following the rules? Arguing?Linda: No, not at all.Tom: A lot of couples argue because they don't understand each other's expectations. I think we spend less time arguing than most couples because we both know what the other person expects.John: What happens if one of you breaks a rule?Tom: Well, that's in Article 13 of our agreement.John: Is it? Oh yes, Article 13: Breaking Rules. "If you break a rule, you must apologize and do something nice for the other person to make it up."Linda: Yeah, like last time Tom broke the rule of driving.John: What's the rule?Linda: The rule is we must ask for directions if we are driving and get lost for more than five minutes.John: What happened?Tom: We were driving to a friend's wedding, and we got lost. Linda wanted to stop ata gas station to ask for directions, but I thought I could figure it out.Linda: Then we drove forty miles in the wrong direction and ended up being late forthe wedding.Tom: So I took her out to dinner. I knew what I should do to apologize.John: That's very important, I think, knowing how to apologize. By the way, do youplan to update your agreement at all? What if things change in your life and a rule doesn't work anymore?Linda: We've thought about that too. Article 14 states that we must review this agreement once a year and make necessary changes.John: Well, it was really nice talking to you both. Thank you very much for your time. Tom & Linda: Thank you.Ex. 1 1-3 c c aEx. 21.get lost// five minutes // driving // stop // directions2.breaking rules // break a rule // apologize and do something nice for the otherperson to make it up3.reviewing the contents of the agreement // review this agreement once a year //make necessary changesPart BText 1AshleyAshley was reading a magazine when she came across an article about antibiotics and other drugs discovered in European rivers and tap water. If such drugs were present there, she reasoned, they might also be found near her home in West Virginia.Ashley feared that antibiotics in the waters could lead to resistant bacteria, or supergerms, which can kill untold numbers of people.The girl, then 16, began testing her area's river -- the Ohio. With a simple device she herself had designed, she collected 350 water samples from the Ohio and its tributaries over ten weeks. Reading scientific journals, she taught herself to analyze the samples. It was the most scientifically sound project for someone her age.Her experiment, one of the first of its kind in the United States, showed that low levels of three antibiotics are indeed present in local waters. Ashley's study won the International Stockholm Junior Water Prize, a virtual Nobel Prize for teenagers. She received a $5,000 scholarship and an audience with Sweden's Crown Princess Victoria.Her interest in science was sparked by walks in the woods with her mother. But it was the day-to-day stuff -- how water comes to the tap, how rain sticks to glass, that most fascinated her. "Science is not a dead thing," she says. "It's happening all around us."By the sixth grade, she was winning at science fairs. She has won $70,000 in prize money, which she has put aside for college. She plans to attend Harvard University. "I want to make my own discoveries, and not just read about what others have done," she said. Her teachers predict that she will one day win a Nobel Prize. Exercise 1: 1. D 2. DQuestions:1.What is the story mainly about?2.Which of the following best describes the way the speaker tells the story?Ex. 2 Testing //river // if there were antibiotics // resistant // 350 water samples // the samples // Low levels // three // Water Prize // 5000 / Sweden’sText 2Young People Say No to SmokingOn February 16, 2001, the teens from a youth group called REBEL launched their advertising campaign at the Liberty Science Center in New Jersey. By now just about everybody has heard the "Not for Sale" commercial on television and the radio against tobacco companies. What many people don't know is that teenagers from West New York and across New Jersey worked on various aspects o f the campaign, and even appeared in some of the advertisements. The campaign organizer thought it would be better than using actors if actual REBEL members were in the commercials.REBEL, which stands for Reaching Everybody by Exposing Lies, is a statewide youth initiative against tobacco companies. The movement, which began in November last year, carries the message that teens no longer want to be targeted by tobacco companies in their advertisements. Knowing that peer pressure on teens to smoke or do drugs is one of the biggest problems that teens face, the group is working hard to ensure that their message reaches all teenagers at New Jersey schools.When the group was first formed, there were only five members, all eighth grade students. But by this summer the group had grown to close to 90 members. At a recent recruiting party, a pizza and pool party, at the West New York swimming pool, more than 50 new members were attracted to the group."We don't think that too many people would be interested," said Jackie, one ofits founding members. "But everyone knows our message. T hey know who we are now."Exercise 1:1. Reaching Everybody by Exposing Lies2. They launched an advertising campaign to call on youth to fight against tobacco companies by starting the "Not fro Sale" commercial on television and radio.3. They intend to spread the message that teenagers no longer want to be targeted by tobacco companies in their advertisements.Exercise 2: 1. c 2.a 3.c 4.c 5.bQuestions:1. When did REBEL launch their advertising campaign?2. How many members did REBEL have by the summer of 2001?3. Who are the members of REBEL?4. What did REBEL do for their campaign against tobacco companies?5. What did REBEL do recently?Unit 6Text 1Being a Police Officer Is a Stressful JobInterviewer: Welcome to our program, Sam.Sam: Thank you.Interviewer: Sam, how long have you been a police officer?Sam: I've been a police officer for thirty years.Interviewer: Thirty years. And you've had different types of assignments on the police force, I guess.Sam: Yeah, I've done everything from patrol to undercover work to detective work, and now I'm supervising investigations.Interviewer: Sam, I think most people would say that being a police officer is a very stressful job. Would you agree?Sam: Yes, it's definitely a stressful job. But it depends on your assignment. Interviewer: So, what's probably the most stressful assignment you can have? Sam: I'd say patrol is the most stressful assignment.Interviewer: That's interesting! In what way?Sam: Well, I guess the biggest part of the stress is the fear factor -- the fear of the unknown.Interviewer: What do you mean, Sam?Sam: Well, in patrol work, you don't know from moment to moment who you are talking to or what their reaction is going to be to justify your presence. Let's say, for example, a patrol officer stops someone for a traffic violation. It seems as though that would be a very low-stress situation.Interviewer: Yes, it is a very low-stress situation.Sam: But the truth is, there are more police officers injured during a routine stop. Interviewer: Really?Sam: Really! That's why all police officers are taught from the very beginning to be aware of their surroundings. People back over policemen, people shoot policemen, people jump out at policemen -- different kinds of things. So that's probably the most stressful time.Interviewer: I see. Let's take a break and then we'll move on to our next topic. Sam: All right.Exercise 1: 1. d 2. c 3.aQuestions:1. What's the relationship between the two speakers?2. What does Sam mainly talk about?3. What do you know about Sam?Exercise 2:Sam has been a police officer for 30 years. He has done everything from patrol to undercover work. He has also done detective work and now he is supervising investigations.Sam thinks being a police officer is a very stressful job, but it depends on the assignment one has. In his opinion the biggest pert of the stress is the fear of the unknown and patrol is the most stressful assignment.Text 2Stress ReducersInterviewer: Sam, you've talked about the police officers' stressful time. Now let's move on to the next topic. So far as I know, there's a connection between stress and illness. Do you think that there's a higher percentage of illness among police officers than in the general population? I mean, do they get more colds or anything? Is this really true?Sam: Yes, it is, and the stress level not only manifests itself in daily health --whether or not you've feeling well on any given day. It also manifests itself in thingslike ulcers, heart disease -- police officers tend to have a higher rate of heart disease and ulcers than people in other professions.Interviewer: Really? That's documented?Sam: Yes, it's documented. And also the divorce rate among police officers is much higher.Interviewer: Is there something that the police department does to help you deal with this stress?Sam: Yes, there are several programs that most police departments have in place. One is an exercise program where some part of your day is spent on some type of physical exercise. They've found that's a great stress reducer. Besides, there's also a psychological program with counseling for officers to help them reduce their stress. And there are several discussion groups as well. They've found that sometimes just sitting around and talking about the stress with other officers helps to reduce it. So, those things are available.Interviewer: And what do you do, personally, to help you deal with the stress of your job, Sam?Sam: Well, during the baseball season, I'm the biggest baseball fanatic, and I will either be reading about baseball, or listening to baseball, or watching baseball. Another thing I try to do is to get some sort of exercise every day. And then I workhard at keeping up my personal relationships, especially my relationship with my wife. Fortunately I get along very well with my wife. When I come back home, I can talk about my day with her, and then just forget about it.Exercise 1: 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. TStatements:1. The dialogue is mainly about how police officers can deal with stress.2. According to Sam, most police officers enjoy good health.3. According to Sam, the divorce rate among police officers is higher than among people in other jobs.4. Counseling is the most effective program to help police officers relieve stress.5. Sam knows how to reduce his stress.Exercise 2:1. ... One is an exercise program, another is a psychological program with counseling for officers. And there are several discussion groups as well for officers to sit downand talk about their stress with other officers.2. 2)...He tries to get some sort of exercise every day.3)...his personal relationships, especially his relationships with his wife.Unit 7 The Business WorldKenneth: Hello, my name is Kenneth Johnson. I have an appointment with Mr. Andrew Song.Laura: Oh hello, Mr. Johnson, I'm Laura Lee. We've spoken on the phone a couple of times. Nice to meet you.Kenneth: It's nice to be here.Laura: Oh — let me take your coat.Kenneth: Thanks.Laura: Let me get you a drink, Mr. Johnson.Kenneth: Yes, I'd like a cup of tea, if possible, thanks.Laura: Sure. With milk or lemon?Kenneth: With lemon, please — and sugar. Two spoons.Laura: Right.Laura: Did you have a good trip?Kenneth: Absolutely, no problems.Laura: That's good. You flew, didn't you?Kenneth: Yes, that's right, and then I took a taxi down here from the airport. Laura: Oh, that's good. Kunming can be a little wet at this time of year ... you'll have to come back in summer.Kenneth: Oh, I'd like that. I always like coming to China. Miss Lee, I wonder if I could send a fax from here. It's rather urgent.Laura: Yes, of course. Shall I show you to the machine or shall I take it?Kenneth: Oh, it would be better if you could take it — here's the number.Laura: Fine. Would you like a newspaper to read — or The Economist?Kenneth: No, it's okay — I can prepare some work while I'm waiting.Laura: Right, I'll get this off for you.Kenneth: Thanks. Oh —one other thing. I need to send some flowers to my wife. Today is the fifth anniversary of our marriage. I think some flowers from your beautiful city would be rather appropriate, don't you?Laura: Oh, sure! Right, I'll get you a number of a florist. I expect you'll want to send a special message with the flowers.Kenneth: Yes, I'll think of one.Laura: Oh, here's Mr. Song. Andrew, this is Mr. Johnson. He's just arrived. Andrew: Hello, Mr. Johnson. Pleased to meet you and welcome here.Kenneth: Thanks.Andrew: Now shall we go inside and let me explain the program to you?Kenneth: Sure.Andrew: I think we've sent you an outline for the day — if you agree, we could start with a video which explains some of our services and then we could have a look at a few reports on campaigns.Kenneth: That'll be good.Conversation 1Ex. 11.In Mr. Andrew Song’s office2.Boss and secretary3.To see Mr. Andrew Song on businessEx. 2 1-5 d b a b cConversation 2 At a Business MeetingChairman: Okay, I think we should start now. It's ten o'clock.Voices: Okay / Right / Yeah.Chairman: Well, we're here today to look at some of the reasons f or the decline in。
全新版大学英语听说教程第二册听力原文2-1-AStatement 1:Hello, welcome to "This Week's Sports". The big news this week is the basketball championship. It started on Friday. Los Angeles Lakers beat Philadelphia 76ers, 108 to 96. Lakers won. Statement 2:Utah Jazz played Miami Heat. Jazz lost the game. They lost by just one point. The score was 111 to 110.Statement 3:Detroit Pistons beat Indiana Pacers. The score was 135 to 130. Pistons won.Statement 4:And in the last game Houston Rockets played New York Knicks. Knicks won, 75 to 69. That's it for basketball action. Thank you.2-1-BWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Peter: Hi, Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you known. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment -- sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time -- but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.2-1-CWatching a GameAlan: Going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, but I'll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren't you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn't try. I really don't go to games so often.Alan: But don't you enjoy going? Don't you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh sure, nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it's just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game.And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant ...Alan: ... you've basically created your own crowd.Betty: That's right. Another reason why I like to watch sports on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you're sitting in the stands. Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand, and far from the field.Alan: It's like you're watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you I'm starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games! 2-2-A1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Light winds. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.Looking at the outlook for the next few days, it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three minutes from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.2-2-BDid You Hear the Weather Forecast?Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine -- but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun. Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off...Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.2-2-CA ThunderstormLili: Look, Betty, the sky has turned completely black!Betty: Oh, wow. A big thunderstorm is coming. But I guess it won't last long.Lili: Yeah, maybe for about twenty minutes or so it's going to seem like it's the end of the world. Andthen the sun will come out again.Betty: I like storms like this. Summer is dramatic. What do you think, Lili?Lili: Yes, these storms do come quite suddenly in the summer. I often seem to get caught without an umbrella.Betty: But it's not so terribly getting caught in the rain occasionally in the summer. Now if you got all wet during a cold, dreary winter day -- that really would be horrible.Lili: True. Ah, it's starting to rain now. Here it comes. Yes, it's starting to pour.Betty: Here comes the lightning and thunder too.Lili: At least it's supposed to clear up later this afternoon, and to be fine this evening.Betty: That's good, because I'm going to meet some friends tonight.Lili: Well, most likely you will have a very pleasant evening, because this storm should take some of the humidity from the air.Betty: Yes, I must admit that these Chinese summers are very humid.Lili: More humid than in the US?Betty: Well, I can't speak about the whole country. But as far as New York goes, I'd say that the weather here in Shanghai tends to be hotter and more humid.Lili: But I think our winters are milder.Betty: Yes, I'm sure they are. We probably also get more snow in New York than you do here.2-3-A1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times. Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.Q: Does the woman enjoy the food in that restaurant?2.W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.Q: Is the man satisfied with the restaurant's service?3.W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?Q: Do the children like the cake?4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.Q: Does the man like chicken best?5.M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's the first time, but it's really to my taste.Q: Does the woman like the wine?6.M: John, do you want a soda?W: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.Q: Does John want a soda?7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.Q: Does the man like the fish?8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening.Q: Will Sue eat out with the man tonight?2-3-BWhat about Dining Out?Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask... Do you have any plans for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.2-3-CEating OutA: Well, here we are -- not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I went out for pizza at lunch and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night too, but we had fast food at McDonald's, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have the chicken salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great, too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine. you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.2-4-ADialogue 1:M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?Dialogue 2:W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers?2-4-BGoing to See the DoctorD: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months -- it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medication for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.2-4-CEating ApplesYou probably know a famous saying about the importance of eating apples. It is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away.Now, a new American study shows eating apples may help fight cancer, too. Research scientists at Cornell University in New York say a combination of chemicals found in apples is important for good health. The study shows that the combination of chemicals plays an important part in anti-cancer activity.The scientists say the chemicals are in both the skin and the flesh of apples. Results of the study were reported in the publication Nature. The Cornell researchers studied the chemicals, or extracts, taken from the skin and flesh of red apples grown in New York State. They studied the effectiveness of the apple extracts in fighting cancer.The researchers treated colon (结肠) cancer cells with fifty milligrams of apple extract (苹果汁). Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of cancer cells by forty-three percent. Extracts from the fruit's flesh reduced the growth of cancer cells by twenty-nine percent.The researchers also treated human liver (肝) cancer cells with apple extract. Extracts from the apple skin reduced the growth of those cells by fifty-seven percent. Extracts from the fleshy part of the apple reduced the cancer cells by forty percent.Lead researcher Liu Ruihai said scientists have long known that apples are good for human health. He says some scientists are interested in testing single vitamins or other substances to see if they alone fight disease. He says his study shows no single substance works alone to reduce cancer. Instead, the combination of chemicals in apples is effective and eating fruit and vegetables is better than taking extra vitamin pills.2-5-A1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and offices. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Beatles, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.2-5-BBackground MusicBackground music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music.To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently,however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third.But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving -- unless, of course, the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.2-5-CCeline DionCeline Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France.In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No. 1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremonies of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997, she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".2-6-AIdentifying the Major Event in a ConversationW: Here we are, Mr. Wang. This is a newly-built building.M: What a fine building! How many floors are there?W: Forty. Our company has offices on four floors in the building.M: Yours is really a big company.W: Yes, it is. The sales office is on the first floor. The marketing and accounting offices are on the second floor. And we have many other departments: personnel. research, etc. They are all on the 8th floor.M: Where's the manager's office?W: It's on the 9th floor.Passage:Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to our company. Our company was established in 1999. It is a joint-venture company specializing in sportswear. Most of our products are for young students; some are for adults. All our products sell well both at home and abroad. In recent years, we have expanded our markets from China to Southeast Asia, East Africa, North America, and South America.2-6-BWho Is to Be Promoted?(The Personnel Department is having a meeting. Joan Black is the chairperson of the meeting. ) Joan: I think John Jeffrey's already been with the company for 20 years. Surely he's not still expecting promotion. Do you agree, Peter?Peter: Well. in my opinion, John's always shown great loyalty to the company. It's time this was rewarded. What do you think, Clive?Clive: It's not just a question of loyalty. Would he be any good at the job? He would need to manage a small team -- he's got no experience of that yet.Peter: He never will have any experience unless we give him a chance!Joan: We can't afford to be sentimental. I don't think he's the man for the job. He's always been a follower, not a leader. Let's move on to the other candidates. Rita Hayden has already shown great personnel management skill, I feel, even if she's ...Peter: Oh, come on, Joan! Rita's still learning her trade! We can't afford to take a risk with someone so inexperienced.Clive: I agree with Peter. I favor Susan Palmer. She's got a lot of experience. She's already worked in the department on other occasions so she knows the ropes and she's ...Joan: But Susan's always struck me as a bit cautious. We need someone dynamic for this job. Peter: I'd agree with Clive. I think Susan Palmer would do a good job. Maybe she's a bit cautious but she's solid, reliable... We need those qualities too.Joan: Well, if you're both so sure, I suppose I'll have to agree. Still, we'll wait a week before confirming it just in case any other applicants put their names forward.2-6-CA Good SalesmanMr Stevenson was the owner of a general appliance store. He had seen many newly-weds coming into his store to shop for their first refrigerator, washer and dryer, and air-conditioner. Pen and pencil in hand, they would ask him a lot of questions about price, features and after-sale services, but they would usually walk away at the end of their inquiry.The other day a young couple came into his store. They asked him all the usual questions and he answered all of them patiently. But when he suggested an order at the end, they replied firmly, "We'll have to look around places first."Although feeling a bit disappointed, Mr Stevenson did not show it. Instead, he smiled, moved closer and said, "I know you will go to Discount Dan to look at the price tags. That's perfectly understandable. I do the same. In fact, they sell the same stuff as we do. But if you buy things there, there is something you will not get. And that is me. I come with everything I sell. I've been in the business for thirty years and in a few years' time I'm going to give my store to my daughter and son-in-law. I hope they will carry on the family business. I stand behind everything I sell and I will make sure that you will never regret buying things from me."After this short speech Mr Stevenson offered the young couple some ice cream to thank them for their interest.Impressed by his honesty and sincerity, the young couple decided to place an order.2-7-A DialogueM: Excuse me, do you have a T-shirt of this kind in a larger size?W: What size do you want?M: Medium.W: Pardon?M: I want a medium.W: Here's a medium in black. Do you like it?M: Well, I like the picture on the front, but I'd prefer a white one with a slogan on the front.W: Here's a white one in medium. And it's 100% cotton.M: Perfect. I'll take it.2-7-BFashion -- Image or Reality?Why do people spend so much money on fashion? Do they want to create an image or make sure they are not old-fashioned? Do people really judge each other by the clothes they wear? The billion-dollar fashion industry certainly tries to convince consumers that such judgements are made.Unfortunately, they may be right. A recent study using elementary school students was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Klein designer jeans were more handsome and successful than those wearing Wranglers. Levi-wearers were seen as sporty, fashionable and fun! Obviously we learn early that "Clothes make the man." In other words, clothes show age, outlook, status and income. However, clothes that look great on professional models may look terrible on the average buyer.Although beautiful clothes don't help physically, they are important for social and psychological effects. Expensive clothes can make the wearer feel like part of the high status group that sets taste and style. So you are buying an image of success. You may really live a routine life, waking up in the morning feeling dull and ordinary. But when you dress in these expensive clothes, your mood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another day with energy. Sound crazy? People who love clothes say it's true.Of course, a lot of people don't like high fashion. They'd rather spend their money on something practical. Which would you prefer -- the image or the reality?2-7-CPlatform ShoesIf you have been thinking that platform shoes are the newest fashion trend on the planet, then it is about time you found out something about these height boosters. Not only were they wildly popular during the noisy disco days of the 1970's, but they were also all the rage during the late 1400's to 1600's.The platform shoes that were the sign of high fashion in the 1600's were more practical than today's style symbols. They were worn over delicate shoes to protect them from getting dirty when walking in muddy or dusty streets.After going out of fashion in the 1600's, platforms returned to the style scene in the 1930's when designers such as Salvatore Ferragamo began breaking the rules of fashion. They re-emerged again towards the end of the 1960's and by 1975 were so common that men were also trying to balance on their massive heels.No matter how fashionable platforms are, they also have a reputation for creating problems. It is very easy to twist your ankle while wearing platforms and the damage this can do to your foot can be serious. In Japan, they have also brought about traffic problems as women wearing them while driving have been unable to brake quickly enough and as a result caused accidents!2-8-ANowadays, dieting is a popular practice in many countries. However, of the nearly 50 American adults currently dieting, only less than 10% will be able to maintain their weight loss for at least a year. Researchers in the Framingham Heart Study pointed out that losing and gaining weight again might be harmful to your heart. Over a 14-year period, they analyzed the weight changes and health of 3,130 people. They found that those adults whose weight shifted the most had about a 50% increased risk of developing heart disease than those whose weight remained more stable. For now the researchers are not sure how weight changes are linked to health problems, but they think that people who diet frequently may prefer high-fat foods. Losing and regaining weight may also cause an unhealthy distribution of body weight. Dieters may lose pounds from their legs only to regain weight in an area such as their stomach, which increases the risk of developing heart disease.2-8-BLottery WinnersDo you dream of winning the lottery? So have millions of other people. Every day, millions of Americans buy lottery tickets. They are hoping to win $100,000, $1,000,000 or more. What happens after you win the lottery?When you win a million dollars, you don't receive a check for the total amount. You receive $50, 000 a year for twenty years. Also, you must pay taxes. After taxes, you receive from $25,000 to $40,000 a year for twenty years. This is a lot of extra spending money.What have some people done with their money? Let's look at three past winners.Lisa K wanted to be an artist, but she didn't have enough money to go to art school. She was working at a job she didn't enjoy. In August, Lisa bought one ticket and won two million dollars. She quit her job three weeks later and is now attending art school.Mark L was a car salesman. He worked seven days a week and had little time for family life. After he won the lottery, he quit working. Now he spends his time bowling, working in the garden, and fixing things in his house. But, he's bored. He doesn't want to sell cars again, but he isn't sure what he wants to do with his life.Jack B is one of the small number of winners who did not quit his job. Jack still teaches at a school near his home. But now he and his wife take their children on an interesting vacation every year. And they don't worry about sending their children to college. They say that money brings security and gives a person opportunities, but it doesn't bring happiness.2-8-CAn Abandoned Newborn BabyA healthy newborn girl was discovered in Central Park yesterday morning. The baby was abandoned on the top of a rock shortly before dawn after the mother gave birth to her there.The police said that the baby was healthy and weighed 7 pounds. Now they were searching for the mother. A policeman said that they had never had anything like this before. They really didn't get babies left in the park. But they were just happy the baby was all right.The police rushed the baby to a nearby hospital. Fortunately she was OK. The police believed the baby was born less than half an hour before she was discovered. They also believed judging from the amount of blood found on the rock, that the mother might have given birth there. It was 70 degrees when the baby was found.Detectives were investigating whether the mother was a homeless woman who called a baby rescue hotline early yesterday. The head of Hope Foundation said that his hotline received a call about 5:30 a.m. from a young homeless woman in Manhattan. The caller asked, "How do I get rid of my。
全新版大学英语听说教程第三册听力原文及答案Unit 1Part BText 1Dating with My Mother (Part One)After 22 years of marriage, I have discovered the secret to keep love alive in my relationship with my wife, Peggy. I started dating with another woman.It was Peggy's idea. One day she said to me, 'Life is too short, you need to spend time with the people you love. You probably won't believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together, it will make us closer.'The 'other' woman my wife was encouraging me to date is my mother, a 72-year-old widow who has lived alone since my father died 20 years ago. Right after his death, I moved 2,500 miles away to California and started my own life and career. When I moved back near my hometown six years ago, I promised myself that I would spend more time with mom. But with the demands of my job and three kids, I never got around to seeing her much beyond family get-togethers and holidays.Mom was surprised and suspicious when I called and suggested the two of us go out to dinner and a movie.'What's wrong?' she asked.'I thought it would be nice to spend some time with you,' I said. 'Just the two of us.''I would like that a lot,' she said.When I pulled into her driveway, she was waiting by the door with her coat on. Her hair was curled, and she was smiling. 'I told my lady friends I was going out with my son, and they were all impressed. They can't wait to hear about our evening,' Mother said.Exercise 1: 1. c 2. a 3.bQuestions:1. What would make the speaker closer to his wife, Peggy?2. What do you know about the speaker's mother?3. Which of the following adjectives best describes Peggy?Exercise 2:1. She suggested that her husband spend more time with his mother. She said to her husband, "Life is too short, but you need to spend time with the people you love. You probably won't believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together , it will make us closer."2. 1) ...she was waiting by the door with her coat on and she had her hair curled.2) She had told her lady friends about this.Text 2Dating with My Mother (Part Two)We didn't go anywhere fancy, just a neighborhood place where we could talk. Since her eyes now see only large shapes and shadows, I had to read the menu for both of us.'I used to be the reader when you were little,' she said.'Then it is time for you to relax and let me return the favor,' I said.We had a nice talk over dinner, just catching up on each other's lives. We talked for so long that we missed the movie.'I'll go out with you again,' my mother said as I dropped her off, 'but only if you let me buy dinner next time.'I agreed.'How was your date?' my wife asked when I got home that evening. 'Nice...nicer than I thought it would be,' I said.Mom and I get out for dinner a couple of times a month. Sometimes we take in a movie, but mostly we talk. I tell her about my trails at work and brag about the kids and Peggy. Mom fills me in on family gossip and tells me about her past. Now I know what it was like for her to work in a factory during the Second World War. I know how she met my father there, and know how they went through the difficult times. I can't get enough of these stories. They are important to me, a part of my history. We also talk about the future. Because of health problems, my mother worries about the days ahead.Spending time with my mom has taught me the importance of slowing down. Peggy was right. Dating another woman has helped my marriage.Exercise 1: 1. c 2. d 3. d Questions:1. What does the story mainly tell us?2. Which of the following is true?3. What can you learn from the story?Exercise 2: 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. FQuestions:1.It can be inferred that the speaker’s mother often took him out todinner when he was small.2.The mother has poor eyesight now.3.On their first date the speaker took his mother out to dinner and amovie.4.The speaker’s parents worked in the same factory during the SecondWorld War.5.The speaker and his mother now meet once every month.Part CConversation 1:W: You know, many American parents are now wondering why they can't keep their teenage children from drinking.M: I'm aware of that. To my mind, it's the permissive attitude of the parents that is to blame.Q: What can you learn from the man's response?Conversation 2:M: Don't you think it's good to give our children a monthly allowance? W: I think so. It can teach them the value of money. With a monthly allowance they can learn to budget their expenses wisely.Q: What are they talking about?Conversation 3:M: Mom, I've got a part-time job at a supermarket. Three hours a day weekdays and all day Saturday.W: Congratulations, Tom. But are you sure you can handle it? What about your homework and your piano lessons?Q: How does the mother feel about Tom's part-time job at the supermarket?Conversation 4:M: Hey, Mary. You look so upset. What happened?W: My father had an accident the other day. He is now in hospital and willhave an operation tomorrow. You see, his heart is rather weak. I really don't know whether he can survive it.Q: What's the woman worried about?Conversation 5:W : Mother's Day is coming soon. Could you tell me what sons and daughters do in your country on that day?M: Well, they send their mothers flowers and cards to celebrate the occasion. Besides, it is a common practice for them to wear pink carnations on that day.Q: Which of the following is true of the customs of Mother's Day in the man's country?1. b2. c3. b4. d5. dPart DMy First JobMy parents ran a small restaurant. It was open twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. My first job was shining shoes for customers when I was six years old. My duties increased as I grew older. By age ten I was clearing tables and washing plates. My father made it clear that I had to meet certain standards. I had to be on time, hard-working and polite to the customers. I was never paid for any work I did. One day I made the mistake of telling Dad I thought he should give me ten pounds a week. He said, "OK, then how about you paying me for the three meals a day when you eat here and for the times you bring your friends here for free drinks?" He figured I owed him about 40 pounds a week. This taught me quite a lot.Statements:1. The speaker had more than one responsibility at his parents' restaurant.2. The speaker's parents kept their business open around the clock.3. It can be inferred that the speaker's family lived in the United States.4. It seems that the speaker's father was very strict with him but quite kind to his friends.5. The father finally agreed to pay his child for his work but would deduct the cost of his meals.6. This story shows that the speaker has very unhappy memories of his childhood.Unit 2Part BText1What a Coincidence! (Part One)Andrew had always wanted to be a doctor. But the tuition for a medical school in 1984 was 15,000 dollars a year, which was more than his family could afford. To help him realize his dream, his father, Mr. Stewart, a real estate agent, began searching the house-for-sale ads in newspapers in order to find extra business. One advertisement that he noted down was for the sale of a house in a nearby town. Mr. Stewart called the owner, trying to persuade him to let him be his agent. Somehow he succeeded and the owner promised that he would come to him if he failed to get a good deal with his present agent. Then they made an appointment to meet and discuss the thing.As good things are never easy to acquire, the time for the appointment had to be changed almost ten times. On the day when they were supposed to meet at 3 o'clock in the afternoon, Mr. Stewart received another call from the owner. His heart sank as he feared there would be another change of time. And so it was. The owner told him that he couldn't make it at three but if he would come right then, they could talk it over. Mr. Stewart was overjoyed. Leaving everything aside, he immediately set out to drive to the house.As he approached the area, he had a strange feeling of having been there before. The streets, the trees, the neighborhood, all looked familiar to him. And when he finally reached the house, something clicked in his mind. It used to be the house of his father-in-law! The old man had died fifteen years ago but when he was alive, he had often visited him with his wife and children. He remembered that, like his son Andrew, his father-in-law had also wanted to study medicine and, failing to do so, had always hoped that one of his two daughters or his grandchildren could someday become a doctor.Exercise 1:1. b 2. a 3. d 4. cQuestions:1. Who are the two main characters in the story you have just heard?2. How did Mr. Stewart get to know the owner of the house?3. What problem did Mr. Stewart have?4. What is the coincidence in the story you have just heard?Exercise 2:1984 / son / medical school / tuition / afford it / realize / newspaper ads / extra business / advertisement / succeeded / agent / changed / phone call / put aside / doing / immediately / familiar / father-in-law's / visited / his father-in-law alive / coincidenceText2What a Coincidence! (Part Two)When he entered the house, Mr. Stewart was even more amazed to find that the house was decorated exactly as he had remembered it. He told the owner about this and the latter became intrigued too. However, they were in for even greater surprises. It so happened that in the middle of their discussion, a postman came to deliver a letter. And the letter was addressed to Mr. Stewart's father-in-law! Were it not for Mr. Stewart's presence there and then, the letter would be returned as no person of that name lived in the house any longer. As the postman demanded a signature on the receipt slip, Mr. Stewart signed for his long-deceased father-in-law. Mystified, the owner urged Mr. Stewart to open the letter and see what it contained. The letter was from a bank. When he opened it, two words immediately met his eye -- 'For education'. It was a bank statement of an amount his father-in-law had put in years ago for his grandchildren's education needs. With the interest it had earned over the years, the standing value of the amount came to a little over $15,000, just enough money to cover the tuition of Andrew's first year at a medical college!Another thing that is worth mentioning is about the postman. The original postman, who had worked in this neighborhood, called in sick that day. So the postman, who was new to the area, came to deliver mail in his place. Had it been the old postman, the letter would undoubtedly be returned to the sender as he knew full well that no person bearing that name lived in that house any longer.The miracle was a blessing for Andrew. With the money given to him by his grandfather he was able to study medicine. Now he is a doctor in Illinois.Exercise 1: 1. T 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. F Statements:1. Several coincidences happened in the story.2. The coincidences made it possible for the owner to sell his house ata good price.3. No one actually benefited from the coincidences.4. It can be inferred that Mr. Stewart did not have to seek extra work from then on.5. With the extra money Mr. Stewart had earned, Andrew's dream finally came true.Exercise 2:1. He was intrigued.2. A bank statement.3. his father-in-law had put an amount of money in the bank for his grandchildren's education.4. A little over $15,000.5. He could use the money to cover the tuition of his first year at a medical college.6. He is a doctor in Illinois.Part CDad Stops for Gas, Finds Lost SonNueng Garcia was the son of an American serviceman stationed in Thailand in 1969. But his father went back to the States when Nueng was only three months old. When he grew up Nueng immigrated to the United States and worked as a gas station clerk in Pueblo, Colorado. His dream was to find his father John Garcia. Year after year, he tried in vain to search for information about the whereabouts of his father.It was a fine day in Pueblo. There was not a cloud in the blue sky. But for him, it was just another day on the job. Suddenly he noticed the name of one customer who paid with a check. The man, who was in his fifties, had the same surname as his own. Nueng raised his head from the check and looked at the man. Could this be his father?"Are you John Garcia?" he asked."Yes," came the answer."Were you ever in the Air Force?""Yes.""Were you ever in Thailand?""What's that to do with you?" answered the man, who became suspicious by then."Were you or were you not?" Nueng persisted."Yes.""Did you ever have a son?"At this truth dawned on the man. They stared at each other and realized at the same moment that they were father and son who were separated 27 years ago and half a world away.John Garcia hadn't seen his son since 1969. He lost touch with Nueng's mother when she started seeing another man. He moved to Pueblo nine years ago. He said he never went to that gas station, wasn't even low on gas that day and hardly ever paid with a check.Exercise: 1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T 6. T 7. F 8. T Statements:1. Nueng's parents divorced when he was only 3 months old.2. After moving to the U.S.A., Nueng worked at a gas station in Colorado.3. Nueng never gave up his efforts to find his father, but John Garcia had never looked for his son.4. One day while at work Nueng's eyes fell on the photo of a customer's driver's license, and the man in the photo looked like his father.5. John Garcia was once in the U.S. Air Force stationed in Thailand.6. John Garcia and his son didn't meet each other again until 1996.7. Nueng's father said he often went to that gas station but never paid with a check.8. It was by coincidence that John Garcia and his son were reunited after many years of separation.Part DUnexplained ParallelsOne of the best-known collections of parallels is between the careers of Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy. Both were shot on a Friday, in the presence of their wives; both were succeeded by a Southerner named Johnson; both their killers were themselves killed before they could be brought to justice. Lincoln had a secretary called Kennedy; Kennedy a secretary called Lincoln. Lincoln was killed in the Ford Theater; Kennedy met his death while riding in a Lincoln convertible made by the Ford Motor Company -- and so on.Similar coincidences often occur between twins. A news story from Finland reported of two 70-year-old twin brothers dying two hours apart in separate accidents, with both being hit by trucks while crossing the same road on bicycles. According to the police, the second victim could not have known about his brother's death, as officers had only managed to identify the first victim minutes before the second accident.Connections are also found between identical twins who have been separated at birth. Dorothy Lowe and Bridget Harrison were separated in 1945, and did not meet until 1979, when they were flown over from Britain for an investigation by a psychologist at the University of Minnesota. They found that when they met they were both wearing seven rings on theirhands, two bracelets on one wrist, a watch and a bracelet on the other. They married on the same day, had worn identical wedding dresses and carried the same flowers. Dorothy had named her son Richard Andrew and her daughter Catherine Louise; Bridget had named her son Andrew Richard and her daughter Karen Louise. In fact, she had wanted to call her Catherine. Both had a cat called Tiger. They also had a string of similar mannerisms when they were nervous.How can we explain the above similarities?Exercise:1)Shot, Friday, wives2)Succeeded, Johnson3)killers, brought, justice4)secretaries5)Ford theater, Lincoln6)Died, accidents7)trucks, same road8)met, 34, seven rings, wrist, watch9)Married, wedding dresses, same flowers10) similar, children11) cat, TigerStatements:1. Both Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy were killed by a Southerner.2. John F. Kennedy's secretary was named after Abraham Lincoln.3. The news story told about the traffic accidents that killed two twin brothers.4. It can be inferred from the passage that more parallel phenomena are studied in the United States than in any other country.5. Coincidences occurring in three nations are described in the passage.6. Some psychologists' interest is the research on coincidences between twins.7. According to the speaker, coincidences occur much more often between twins than between people who are not related.8. The speaker does not mention his/her own opinion on whether these parallels can be explained.Unit 3Part BText 1A Marriage Agreement (Part One)(Tom and Linda have signed a marriage agreement. Both agree not to break the rules outlined in the agreement. John, a reporter, is talking to them about the agreement.)John: Tom, Linda, first I'd like to ask you why you decided to write this unusual agreement.Tom: We found that many problems are caused when a person has different expectations from his or her spouse. We wanted to talk about everything openly and honestly before we started living together.Linda: Also we both know how important it is to respect each other's pet peeves. Like, I can get very annoyed if others leave stuff -- clothing, papers, everything! -- lying around on the floor. It really bugged me, so we put that in the agreement.John: This is mentioned in Article 1: Cleaning Up, isn't it? It says, "Nothing will be left on the floor overnight. Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed."Tom: Then I'll know clearly what Linda's expectations are.John: I see. What about Article 2: Sleeping? It says, "We will go to bed at 11 p.m. and get up at 6:30 a.m. except on weekends." I'm sure some people hearing this will think that this agreement isn't very romantic. Tom: Well, we disagree. We think it's very romantic. This agreement shows that we sat down and talked, and really tried to understand the other person. A lot of problems occur in a marriage when people don't talk about what they want.Linda: That's right. When we disagreed about something, we worked out a solution that was good for both of us. I would much rather have Tom really listen to me and understand my needs than give me a bunch of flowers or a box of candy.Exercise 1: 1. b 2. c 3.aQuestions:1. Which statement best summarizes the marriage agreement between Tom and Linda?2. According to Tom, what will give rise to problems in a marriage?3. What can be inferred about Linda from the conversation?Exercise 2:1. Because she wanted to understand each other's expectations so that potential problems could be avoided and they could live happily together.2. Cleaning up. Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed.3. Sleeping. Time for bed: 11pm; time to get up: 6:30am except on weekends.Text 2A Marriage Agreement (Part Two)John: Linda, do you spend a lot of time checking to see if the other person is following the rules? Arguing?Linda: No, not at all.Tom: A lot of couples argue because they don't understand each other's expectations. I think we spend less time arguing than most couples because we both know what the other person expects.John: What happens if one of you breaks a rule?Tom: Well, that's in Article 13 of our agreement.John: Is it? Oh yes, Article 13: Breaking Rules. "If you break a rule, you must apologize and do something nice for the other person to make it up."Linda: Yeah, like last time Tom broke the rule of driving.John: What's the rule?Linda: The rule is we must ask for directions if we are driving and get lost for more than five minutes.John: What happened?Tom: We were driving to a friend's wedding, and we got lost. Linda wanted to stop at a gas station to ask for directions, but I thought I could figure it out.Linda: Then we drove forty miles in the wrong direction and ended up being late for the wedding.Tom: So I took her out to dinner. I knew what I should do to apologize. John: That's very important, I think, knowing how to apologize. By the way, do you plan to update your agreement at all? What if things change in your life and a rule doesn't work anymore?Linda: We've thought about that too. Article 14 states that we must review this agreement once a year and make necessary changes.John: Well, it was really nice talking to you both. Thank you very much for your time.Tom & Linda: Thank you.Exercise 1: 1. F 2.F 3.T 4.TStatements:1. Tom and Linda never argue because they both know what the other person expects.2. Once Tom broke Article 14 and apologized to Linda by taking her out to dinner.3. If some of the rules in the marriage agreement become outdated, changes will be made to update them.4. It seems that both Tom and Linda are satisfied with their marriage agreement.Exercise 2:1. One rule says that if they get lost for more than five minutes when they are driving, they must stop and ask for directions.2. Once Tom and Linda got lost when they were driving to a friend's wedding.3. Linda wanted to stop at a gas station to ask the way, but Tom thought he could figure it out.4. As a result, they were late for the wedding because they went in the wrong direction for forty miles.Part CA Perfect MatchAre you looking for a good relationship with someone special? What type of person is the best person for you? Is it the person with the highest IQ? Is it the most beautiful or most handsome person? How about the richest person or the most ambitious? Is your ideal partner the most traditional or the most modern person? Is he or she the person most like you, or most unlike you?The answer, psychologists say, is none of the above. Why? Because they are all extremes. In a number of research studies, psychologists asked couples these questions. The answers were clear. Most people are happy with moderation -- with partners who are not the most or the best (or the least or the worst). People are more comfortable with partners who are not so special.The research showed several other important things. In a love relationship, two things can cause trouble. First, trouble happens when both people get angry quickly. This is not surprising. Second, trouble happens when people don't expect to change themselves in a relationship. Do you stay calm when you disagree with someone? Are you ready to change yourself? If you can tolerate disagreement and are willing to change, maybe you are ready for a serious relationship.Exercise:1. ...not so special/not extremes2. a. ...get angry quicklyb. ...change themselves...Statements: 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. T1. The passage implies that the perfect match for you is a person who is most unlike you.2. The author argues that the most beautiful or most handsome person may not be your perfect partner.3. Moderate person, that is, the partners who are not the most or the best can be your perfect match.4. The research showed that an extreme love relationship between the two can cause trouble.5. The passage states that the anger is one of the causes that lead to the breakup of a love relationship.6. The perfect match lies in the people's attitudes to tolerate disagreement and be willing to change in a relationship.Part DHusbands and Wives Don't See Things AlikeLet's face it -- husbands and wives just don't see things alike. Take TV remote controls, for example. I'm a channel-grazer. When I watch the news, I flip back and forth through four different networks."It drives me crazy when you do that," my wife complains. I don't understand why she has no interest in other channels. After all, she is a woman who wants to know everything going on in the neighborhood and among all the relatives. Just one button away might be an interesting program on How to Lose Fifty Pounds by Eating Chocolate Sundaes or How to Understand Weird Husbands. But, no, she won't change channels, not even if she dislikes the program she's watching."This talk show host makes me so angry!" she cried one evening. "Then why don't you change the channel?" I asked."Because I can't stand people who are always changing channels." Differences. No right or wrong, just differences."The first law of civilization," said an old philosopher, "is to let people be different."I don't need to convert my wife to my ways, and she doesn't try to make me be like her. We simply take turns monitoring the remote control.Exercise:1.He frequently changes channels.2.No. It makes her very angry.3.She sticks to one channel even if she doesn’t like it.4.They take turns monitoring the remote control.5.How everything is going on in the neighborhood and among all theirrelatives.6.No. Because, as one philosopher puts it, “The first law ofcivilization is to let people be different.”7.Statements:1. The major difference between the speaker and his wife is their TV viewing habits.2. According to the speaker, he is more interested in talk shows while his wife is more interested in news programs.3. The wife seems to be more weird than the husband is.4. The speaker and his wife usually take turns working the remote control when they watch television.5. It can be inferred that women are generally more tolerant than men of their spouse's differences.6. The speaker and his wife maintain peace not by changing each other but by tolerance.Unit 4Part BText 1Being a Police Officer Is a Stressful JobInterviewer: Welcome to our program, Sam.Sam: Thank you.Interviewer: Sam, how long have you been a police officer?Sam: I've been a police officer for thirty years.Interviewer: Thirty years. And you've had different types of assignments on the police force, I guess.Sam: Yeah, I've done everything from patrol to undercover work to detective work, and now I'm supervising investigations.Interviewer: Sam, I think most people would say that being a police officer is a very stressful job. Would you agree?Sam: Yes, it's definitely a stressful job. But it depends on your assignment.Interviewer: So, what's probably the most stressful assignment you can have?Sam: I'd say patrol is the most stressful assignment.Interviewer: That's interesting! In what way?Sam: Well, I guess the biggest part of the stress is the fear factor -- the fear of the unknown.Interviewer: What do you mean, Sam?Sam: Well, in patrol work, you don't know from moment to moment who you are talking to or what their reaction is going to be to justify your presence. Let's say, for example, a patrol officer stops someone for a traffic violation. It seems as though that would be a very low-stress situation.Interviewer: Yes, it is a very low-stress situation.Sam: But the truth is, there are more police officers injured during a routine stop.Interviewer: Really?Sam: Really! That's why all police officers are taught from the very beginning to be aware of their surroundings. People back over policemen, people shoot policemen, people jump out at policemen -- different kinds of things. So that's probably the most stressful time.Interviewer: I see. Let's take a break and then we'll move on to our next topic.Sam: All right.Exercise 1: 1. d 2. c 3.aQuestions:1. What's the relationship between the two speakers?2. What does Sam mainly talk about?3. What do you know about Sam?Exercise 2:Sam has been a police officer for 30 years. He has done everything from patrol to undercover work. He has also done detective work and now he is supervising investigations.Sam thinks being a police officer is a very stressful job, but it depends on the assignment one has. In his opinion the biggest pert of the stress is the fear of the unknown and patrol is the most stressful assignment.Text 2Stress ReducersInterviewer: Sam, you've talked about the police officers' stressful time. Now let's move on to the next topic. So far as I know, there's a connection between stress and illness. Do you think that there's a higher percentage of illness among police officers than in the general population? I mean, do they get more colds or anything? Is this really true?Sam: Yes, it is, and the stress level not only manifests itself in。
[al: 全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player. Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B] Listening Tasks A Conversation Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it'simpossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1.What do you know about Peter?2.Where might the two speakers be having this conversation? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the rightanswers to the questions you hear.1.W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2.W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3.W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4.W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.Q: What does the man mean?5.M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answerto an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1.M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2.W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3.W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4.W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5.M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6.W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7.W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8.M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1.What is the relationship between the two speakers?2.Where does the conversation take place?3.What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1.The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days:it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2.A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and awidespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine —but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, itwill only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1.What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2.What do you know about Alan?3.What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today ?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so. Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's whatthe weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we ?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off ?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1.W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds.Q: What will the weather be like next week?2.M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3.W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4.M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5.W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon.M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker'sthought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1.Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2.The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3.Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4.We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow musicisn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3.What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4.Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3 A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your Listening Listen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went toNo.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part A Listening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversationitself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1.M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2.W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over. W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers? [ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months —it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafood for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.。
[ti:Unit 1 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.77]Listening Tasks[00:04.21]A Conversation[00:06.03]Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?[00:10.20]Exercise 1[00:12.39]Listen to the conversation[00:15.19]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:19.12]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[00:24.50]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[00:27.48]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[00:29.76]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [00:36.14]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[00:39.32]What's the main reason you work out?[00:41.98]For your health, or to look good?[00:45.05]Laura: To be honest, for both.[00:47.06]With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. [00:51.56]Peter: If they were honest,[00:53.48]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [00:58.07]and not merely for health reasons.[01:00.76]Laura: How about you?[01:02.01]Do you get any regular exercise?[01:04.55]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[01:06.76]for exercise and enjoyment —[01:08.90]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[01:12.41]but I never go to the gym like you do.[01:14.95]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?[01:19.97]Peter: Not since my school days.[01:22.04]I used to love playing baseball,[01:24.34]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [01:28.20]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[01:31.51]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[01:35.42]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[01:38.95]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too.[01:43.59]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [01:48.59]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[01:52.11]I can get you a guest pass.[01:54.64]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[01:59.84]Questions[02:02.55]1. What do you know about Peter?[02:10.26]2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?[02:18.80]Exercise 2[02:20.11]Listen again and write down answers to the following questions.[02:24.60]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[02:28.84]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[02:31.73]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[02:33.97]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [02:40.40]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[02:43.63]What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good? [02:49.25]Laura: To be honest, for both. With women,[02:52.47]good looks are always a very important consideration.[02:56.05]Peter: If they were honest,[02:57.72]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [03:02.44]and not merely for health reasons.[03:05.04]Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?[03:08.89]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[03:11.19]for exercise and enjoyment —[03:13.41]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[03:16.91]but I never go to the gym like you do.[03:19.48]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise.[03:22.40]How about sports?[03:24.43]Peter: Not since my school days.[03:26.41]I used to love playing baseball,[03:28.77]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [03:32.78]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[03:36.18]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[03:39.96]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[03:43.41]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that.[03:45.71]I go cycling sometimes too.[03:48.18]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [03:53.05]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[03:56.51]I can get you a guest pass.[03:59.13]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[04:04.30]Speaking Tasks[04:08.05]Pair Work[04:09.76]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [04:15.17]Then role-play them with your partner.[04:18.54]Conversation 1[04:20.91]A: What's your plan for this evening?[04:23.56]B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium[04:26.66]but I haven't got a ticket yet.[04:29.10]A: I'm going to the gym.[04:30.86]Would you like to come along?[04:32.70]I can get a guest pass for you.[04:34.91]B: That's wonderful.[04:36.57]I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym.[04:39.79]Thank you very much.[04:42.39]Conversation 2[04:45.51]A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here![04:48.27]How are you doing?[04:49.63]B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. [04:54.51]But after work I often play some sports.[04:58.20]A: Like what?[04:59.21]B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.[05:03.99]A: Tennis? That's my favorite game.[05:06.52]Say, what're you doing this weekend?[05:09.19]B: Nothing particular.[05:11.10]I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.[05:14.63]A: Come on. You need to relax.[05:16.99]What about a game of tennis?[05:19.85]B: OK.[05:21.09]Conversation 3[05:23.75]A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?[05:27.30]B: Not really. Why do you ask?[05:30.35]A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? [05:34.99]B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? [05:40.30]A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.[05:43.29]B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.[05:46.78]A: That's a good form of exercise.[05:49.77]It can help you stay in shape.[05:51.77]B: Yes, it's also safer.[05:54.17]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [06:00.72]Use the structures and expressions above[06:04.09]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 1 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.75]Test Your Listening[00:03.74]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.26]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:12.57]1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis.[00:20.08]What about you?[00:21.30]M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.[00:24.52]Q: What sport does the man like?[00:33.43]2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?[00:37.88]M: It's far from being my kind of sport.[00:41.03]Q: What does the man mean?[00:49.59]3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.[00:54.70]What about you, John?[00:56.64]M: You said it. But it was a bit long.[00:59.54]Q: What does the man think about the football game?[01:09.28]4. W: Do you like to play chess?[01:12.65]M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough.[01:16.53]I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.[01:19.37]Q: What does the man mean?[01:28.00]5. M: I knew the names of all the football players[01:31.71]and the dates of all the games in my high school days.[01:34.87]But recently I have failed to keep up with football.[01:38.74]W: Now you are busy with your golf games.[01:42.09]Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 2 Food and Drinks[00:04.09]Part A[00:06.13]Listening Strategy[00:08.62]Listening "Between the Lines"[00:11.55]People do not always say directly what they mean.[00:15.80]Very often, we have to listen "between the lines".[00:20.04]The English language offers many ways for people to imply,[00:24.23]rather than directly state, their meaning.[00:27.12]To find out what a speaker really means,[00:30.01]we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, [00:34.08]and the intonation used.[00:36.03]For example,[00:37.15]if someone says "I have an essay to write"[00:40.55]in answer to an invitation to go somewhere,[00:43.49]we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. [00:47.43]And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors"[00:51.60]in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test,[00:55.41]we can infer from the meaning of the idiom[00:58.22]"to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. [01:02.71]Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. [01:07.76]For example,[01:08.91]"He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. [01:14.49]You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.[01:19.60]Listen carefully[01:21.18]and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.[01:26.15]1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? [01:33.07]W: Yes, many times.[01:35.35]Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. [01:43.72]2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?[01:46.52]M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. [01:55.46]3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?[01:58.92]M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?[02:06.27]4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.[02:09.60]M: Next to beef.[02:15.17]5. M: Have you tried this wine before?[02:18.34]W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.[02:27.75]6. W: John, do you want a soda?[02:30.84]M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.[02:38.26]7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.[02:42.56]M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.[02:50.11]8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?[02:53.95]W: Oh, I'd really like to,[02:56.21]but my sister may come to visit me this evening.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.71]Listening Tasks[00:04.03]A Conversation[00:05.60]What About Dining Out?[00:08.40]Exercise 1[00:10.93]Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.[00:15.52]Peter: Hi, Kate.[00:17.96]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[00:20.75]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[00:23.09]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [00:27.45]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[00:30.71]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[00:32.71]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[00:36.21]Peter: What do you think about[00:37.98]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[00:40.42]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [00:44.55]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [00:48.41]I've been eating a little too much lately.[00:50.91]Kate: Me too.[00:52.56]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [00:56.91]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [01:00.61]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[01:03.27]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[01:05.32]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[01:08.43]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[01:11.48]and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.[01:14.39]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[01:17.33]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [01:21.37]Peter: That's fine by me.[01:22.65]Exercise 2[01:25.21]Listen to the conversation again[01:27.42]and write down answers to the following questions.[01:30.88]Peter: Hi, Kate.[01:33.54]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[01:36.36]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[01:38.58]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [01:43.09]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[01:46.23]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[01:48.32]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[01:51.83]Peter: What do you think about[01:53.65]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[01:56.07]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [02:00.23]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [02:03.98]I've been eating a little too much lately.[02:06.55]Kate: Me too.[02:08.10]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [02:12.51]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [02:16.42]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[02:18.84]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[02:20.97]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[02:23.99]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[02:27.20]and not much oil or cream orheavy sauces.[02:29.98]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[02:33.00]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [02:37.03]Peter: That's fine by me.[02:39.70]Speaking Tasks[02:41.59]Pair Work[02:43.75]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [02:47.87]Then role-play them with your partner.[02:50.88]Conversation 1[02:53.56](At the school canteen)[02:56.06]A: What a crowd![02:57.55]B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over.[03:01.76]Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.[03:04.94]A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait.[03:08.03]I'd rather not stand in a long line.[03:10.42]B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?[03:13.27]A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.[03:17.20]B: That's great.[03:18.68](At No. 2 Box)[03:21.46]Counter hand: What can I get you?[03:23.38]A: One plate of fried noodles, please.[03:25.58]B: Make it two.[03:26.68]Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?[03:31.79]A: How much is the tomato soup?[03:33.93]Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.[03:36.83]A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?[03:39.91]B: Yes.[03:40.92]A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.[03:46.27]Conversation 2[03:47.50](At a fast food restaurant)[03:49.68]Counter hand: What can I do for you?[03:51.47]Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. [03:55.65]Counter hand: Anything to drink?[03:56.75]Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.[03:59.65]Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?[04:02.04]Customer: For here.[04:06.34]Conversation 3[04:07.92](At a Chinese restaurant)[04:09.74]Waiter: Are you ready to order?[04:13.10]A: Do you have any recommendations?[04:15.21]Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.[04:19.23]It's today's special.[04:20.80]A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.[04:24.71]B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too.[04:31.21]It's my favorite.[04:32.73]Waiter: Okay. Anything else?[04:35.22]A: What about some vegetables, Mary?[04:37.50]B: Yes. How about spinach?[04:40.88]A: Spinach is fine with me.[04:42.75]Waiter: Anything to drink?[04:44.86]A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?[04:49.44]B: Orange juice, please.[04:51.56]Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?[04:55.89]A: Right.[04:57.55]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations.[05:03.71]Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.02]Test Your Listening[00:03.03]Listen to the conversation[00:05.84]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:09.74]A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.[00:13.27]B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.[00:16.86]A: OK. What are you in the mood for?[00:19.40]B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.[00:23.19]A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.[00:27.58]B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.[00:30.23]A: No, actually I ate out last night.[00:32.68]We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.[00:37.51]B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.[00:40.63]A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.[00:46.99]B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.[00:50.82]A: Now let's decide on drinks.[00:53.26]B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.[00:56.29]A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.[00:59.03]B: But we have to go back to work.[01:00.87]A: OK, a Coke for me then.[01:03.35]B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.[01:06.28]Questions[01:08.26]1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?[01:16.71]2. Where does the conversation take place?[01:24.28]3. What will they order?[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 3 Weather[00:04.47]Part A[00:06.22]Listening Strategy[00:08.07]Listening for Important Details[00:11.26]Besides understanding the main idea of a listening text,[00:16.08]we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well.[00:20.90]What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. [00:27.03]Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event,[00:32.70]we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened,[00:36.84]but also when and where, how and why it happened.[00:41.40]In listening to a weather report, on the other hand,[00:44.86]the important details we should watch out for[00:48.07]are the current weather conditions,[00:50.13]temperature, and weather outlook.[00:52.61]You're going to hear two short passages about weather.[00:57.82]While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, [01:04.02]temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, [01:10.38]and write them down in note form.[01:13.08]Then complete the exercises in your book.[01:16.41]1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere,[01:25.57]with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain.[01:30.42]A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing.[01:35.65]There will be light winds with a maximum temperature[01:38.88]of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.[01:43.20]Look at the outlook for the next few days:[01:46.81]it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west. [01:53.13]2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province,[02:00.78]claimed four lives on Sunday.[02:02.83]The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m.[02:07.86]The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour,[02:12.46]causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.14]Listening Tasks[00:03.53]A Conversation[00:05.93]Did You Hear the Forecast?[00:09.45]Exercise 1[00:10.95]Listen to the conversation[00:12.78]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:15.70]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[00:20.56]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[00:23.46]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[00:26.35]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[00:29.36]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[00:33.21]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[00:36.14]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [00:40.85]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [00:45.86]Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, [00:50.67]look for ways to escape from the sun.[00:53.42]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [00:57.78]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[01:02.06]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [01:06.59]Alan: But there wasn't.[01:07.91]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[01:11.55]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[01:15.11]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [01:19.27]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [01:24.29]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[01:27.99]But maybe if it rains,[01:29.77]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[01:34.28]That might not be bad.[01:35.86]Questions[01:37.91]1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?[01:46.42]2. What do you know about Alan?[01:53.20]3. What can you infer from the conversation?[02:01.13]Exercise 2[02:02.70]Listen to the conversation again.[02:05.46]Then write down answers to the following questions.[02:09.46]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[02:14.30]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[02:17.22]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[02:20.28]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[02:23.14]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[02:26.95]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[02:29.99]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [02:34.69]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [02:39.57]Michelle: I sure do.[02:40.86]It was so hot all we did was look for shade,[02:44.45]look for ways to escape from the sun.[02:47.25]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [02:51.56]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[02:55.80]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [03:00.26]Alan: But there wasn't.[03:01.70]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[03:05.39]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[03:08.89]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [03:13.05]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [03:18.15]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[03:21.74]But maybe if it rains,[03:23.62]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[03:27.69]That might not be bad.[03:29.60]Speaking Tasks[03:34.09]Pair Work[03:35.43]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [03:40.75]Then role-play them with your partner.[03:43.60]Conversation 1[03:45.84]A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.[03:49.48]B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.[03:53.02]A: What's the temperature today?[03:55.32]B: The high is 26 and the low is 20.[03:58.95]The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too. [04:03.91]A: I hope so.[04:07.77]Conversation 2[04:09.27]A: It seems to be clearing up.[04:12.69]All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.[04:16.82]B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.[04:22.04]A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days.[04:26.20]Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.[04:29.76]B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?[04:32.95]A: All right.[04:34.02]Conversation 3[04:38.32]A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.[04:42.32]B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.[04:45.30]A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. [04:50.29]B: Yes, especially in July and August.[04:54.04]A: Well, what did the weatherman say?[04:56.80]B: He said another heat wave is on the way.[05:00.02]A: Oh no! I hope not.[05:03.32]B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?[05:08.03]A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.[05:12.39]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [05:19.26]Use the structures and expressions above[05:22.19]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:02.50]Test Your Listening[00:04.63]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.92]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:13.56]1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.[00:20.22]M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, [00:24.45]accompanied by strong winds.[00:26.48]Q: What will the weather be like next week?[00:35.41]2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? [00:40.55]W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. [00:46.20]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[00:54.39]3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?[00:59.70]M: I think it will clear up soon.[01:02.40]But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. [01:06.84]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[01:15.35]4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?[01:19.00]W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing.[01:22.91]You don't have to take a lot of clothes.[01:25.25]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports.A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavyshowers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today?B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we?A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off?A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albumswon a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any。
Test 1Part APassage 1:Catherine's mother was an energetic woman full of life and love before she got cancer. It pained Catherine to see her mother suffer and become someone who depends entirely on others. Catherine tried hard to find a way to give her mother something to look forward to. Then one night last August an idea occurred to her. She would write a letter to the local newspaper, telling people how much she loved her mother and asking them to send her their best wishes. The letter was published and within weeks her mother had received about 500 loving caring cards and letters. Catherine was so excited to see that her mother's old spirit returned. Her mother fought against her disease until she died in October. Today the letters have become a treasured memory and a constant source of inspiration for Catherine.Question:What does the passage mainly tell us?Passage 2:The nuclear family generally consists of a husband, a wife and children. However, if there are no children, then the husband and wife are the nuclear family. If you put two or more nuclear families together, then you have an extended family. For the most part, in an extended family a married couple lives with either the husband's parents or the wife's parents. But the couple may also live with aunts, uncles, cousins and others who are not blood relations.The extended family pattern is favored in some countries. For example, as a rule, people choose to live in extended families in Africa and Japan. In other countries, the nuclear family pattern is favored. In these countries, where people can choose the pattern they want, they normally choose to live only with their nuclear family.Question:What can we learn from the passage?Passage 3:In some industrialized countries, the majority of elderly people don't see their children on a regular basis due to the fact that they move so often. Then do you know what percentage of theelderly live in the same household with their children, or live within ten minutes of their children by car? The answer is 60 percent of the elderly do. However, even though they may live close to their children, they do not see their children very often. They do not see their brothers and sisters or other relatives often either because the nuclear family is so strong in these countries. But there are some elderly people who live with their children. They are living with their children because they are sick. Otherwise they would live on their own. Luckily, there are some offices and programs that take care of the elderly for families that no longer care for old people.Question:How does the speaker feel about the life of the elderly people in some industrialized countries?Part BPassage:Imagined for centuries, space exploration began over forty years ago when the former Soviet Union launched the first satellite, Sputnik 1, on 4th October 1957 into space. If Sputnik had not been launched, the modern space age might never have begun.Sputnik, which means 'fellow traveler ' in Russian, was as small as a football and was powered by battery. Compared to today's technology, it was very simple. But its effect was earth-shattering. After its launch, things began to happen quickly. Before long the Russians were sending dogs and monkeys into space and then, in April 1961, the first human being was sent into space -- a Russian cosmonaut called Y uri Gagarin.These Russian successes pushed the Americans into action and thus the 'space race' began. In 1961, President Kennedy said that America would begin a program to put a man on the moon. On July 20th, 1969, Neil Armstrong stepped on the surface of the moon. At this historic moment he said: 'This is one small step for a man; one giant leap for mankind.'Part CM: I think after all the noise in the city a quiet walk in the woods can be very restful.W: Y ou're right there. I feel the same.M: Look, it's so pretty when the leaves are changing color. I'm glad we decided to come here. W: Changes in nature always make things so beautiful. In the spring, the green grass and leaves make everything seem new. In the autumn when the leaves turn red, yellow and brown, the woods are full of color. No wonder autumn is also called fall. When leaves fall on the ground, they cover it like a blanket.M: Actually tree leaves turn color because in the autumn days are shorter than in the summer, and the number of daylight hours decreases. I'm sure this does not sound very romantic, but it's scientifically accurate.W: Scientifically accurate or not, I just enjoy looking at the trees that can have a dozen different shades of color in the sunlight.Questions 1 and 2 are based on the dialogue you've just heard.1. What are the two speakers mainly talking about?2. Why do tree leaves change color according to the man?Part DPassage 1In the United States many have been told that anyone can become rich and successful if he works hard and has some good luck. When one becomes rich he wants people to know it. And even if he does not become very rich, he still wants people to think that he is. That's what 'keeping up with the Joneses' is about. The expression was first used in 1913 by a young American named Arthur Momand. Momand looked around him and noticed that many people do things to keep up with their neighbors; they try to look as rich and as successful as their neighbors. He saw the funny side of it and started to write a series of short stories. He called it 'keeping up with the Joneses', because 'Jones' is a very common name in the United States. 'Keeping up with the Joneses' came to mean keeping up with the people around you. Momand's series appeared in different newspapers across the country for over 28 years.People never seem to get tired of keeping up with the Joneses. That is one reason why they read the 'right' books, go to the 'right' universities and eat in the 'right' restaurants.Every city has an area where people want to live because others will think better of them if they do. And there are 'Joneses' in every city of the world. But one must get tired of trying to keep up with the Joneses, because no matter what one does, Mr. Jones always seems to be ahead.1. What does the expression 'Keeping up with the Joneses' mean according to the passage?2. What does the speaker think of the practice of 'keeping up with the Joneses'?Passage 2Ozone is a form of oxygen. It is found in the air we breathe and in the upper atmosphere. Near Earth, ozone in the air is a danger to life. It is a pollutant. But between ten and fifty kilometers up in the atmosphere, ozone protects life on Earth. Ozone forms in the atmosphere through the action of radiation from the sun. Ozone blocks harmful radiation from reaching Earth. Scientists say a decrease in ozone and an increase in the harmful radiation will cause many more cases of skin cancer. And it will harm crops, animals and fish.Ozone problems first became known in 1985. British scientists reported that ozone levels in the Antarctic atmosphere near the South Pole fell sharply each year in October and November. 1987 was the first year that a huge hole developed in the ozone layer above the Antarctic.A recent study of the atmosphere over the Arctic area near the North Pole showed extreme thinning of the ozone. Officials from the American space agency said the latest study is a result of the largest campaign yet to measure ozone amounts and changes in the Arctic area. NASAresearcher Paul Newman said some of the measurements show ozone in the Arctic decreased about sixty per cent between January and the middle of March. These measurements are similar to the ozone losses observed in this area a few years ago.Other studies have shown that man-made chemicals were destroying ozone in the atmosphere. An international agreement halted production of the most harmful chemicals. The new findings support the idea that recovery of the ozone layer may be delayed.1. Where can ozone be found useful to life according to the passage?2. When did ozone problems first become known?3. What is the passage mainly about?重点单词及词组Part Bexploration 探险Sputnik 人造地球卫星historic 历史性的Part Cin nature 实际上,本质上Part Doxygen 氧atmosphere 大气,空气upper 上面的pollutant 污染物质。
Unit 1 Part BText 1Dating with My Mother (Part One)After 22 years of marriage, I have discovered the secret to keep love alive in my relationship with my wife, Peggy. I started dating with another woman.It was Peggy's idea. One day she said to me, 'Life is too short, you need to spend time with the people you love. You probably won't believe me, but I know you love her and I think that if the two of you spend more time together, it will make us closer.'The 'other' woman my wife was encouraging me to date is my mother, a 72-year-old widow who has lived alone since my father died 20 years ago. Right after his death, I moved 2,500 miles away to California and started my own life and career. When I moved back near my hometown six years ago, I promised myself that I would spend more time with mom. But with the demands of my job and three kids, I never got around to seeing her much beyond family get-togethers and holidays.Mom was surprised and suspicious when I called and suggested the two of us go out to dinner and a movie.'What's wrong?' she asked.'I thought it would be nice to spend some time with you,' I said. 'Just the two of us.''I would like that a lot,' she said.When I pulled into her driveway, she was waiting by the door with her coat on. Her hair was curled, and she was smiling. 'I told my lady friends I was going out with my son, and they were all impressed. They can't wait to hear about our evening,' Mother said.Questions:1. What would make the speaker closer to his wife, Peggy?2. What do you know about the speaker's mother?3. Which of the following adjectives best describes Peggy?Text 2Dating with My Mother (Part Two)We didn't go anywhere fancy, just a neighborhood place where we could talk. Since her eyes now see only large shapes and shadows, I had to read the menu for both of us.'I used to be the reader when you were little,' she said.'Then it is time for you to relax and let me return the favor,' I said.We had a nice talk over dinner, just catching up on each other's lives. We talked for so long that we missed the movie.'I'll go out with you again,' my mother said as I dropped her off, 'but only if you let me buy dinner next time.'I agreed.'How was your date?' my wife asked when I got home that evening.'Nice...nicer than I thought it would be,' I said.Mom and I get out for dinner a couple of times a month. Sometimes we take in a movie, but mostly we talk. I tell her about my trails at work and brag about the kids and Peggy. Mom fills me in on family gossip and tells me about her past. Now I know what it was like for her to work in afactory during the Second World War. I know how she met my father there, and know how they went through the difficult times. I can't get enough of these stories. They are important to me, a part of my history. We also talk about the future. Because of health problems, my mother worries about the days ahead.Spending time with my mom has taught me the importance of slowing down. Peggy was right. Dating another woman has helped my marriage.Questions:1. What does the story mainly tell us?2. Which of the following is true?3. What can you learn from the story?Part CConversation 1:W: You know, many American parents are now wondering why they can't keep their teenage children from drinking.M: I'm aware of that. To my mind, it's the permissive attitude of the parents that is to blame.Q: What can you learn from the man's response?Conversation 2:M: Don't you think it's good to give our children a monthly allowance?W: I think so. It can teach them the value of money. With a monthly allowance they can learn to budget their expenses wisely.Q: What are they talking about?Conversation 3:M: Mom, I've got a part-time job at a supermarket. Three hours a day weekdays and all day Saturday.W: Congratulations, Tom. But are you sure you can handle it? What about your homework and your piano lessons?Q: How does the mother feel about Tom's part-time job at the supermarket?Conversation 4:M: Hey, Mary. You look so upset. What happened?W: My father had an accident the other day. He is now in hospital and will have an operation tomorrow. You see, his heart is rather weak. I really don't know whether he can survive it.Q: What's the woman worried about?Conversation 5:W : Mother's Day is coming soon. Could you tell me what sons and daughters do in your countryon that day?M: Well, they send their mothers flowers and cards to celebrate the occasion. Besides, it is a common practice for them to wear pink carnations on that day.Q: Which of the following is true of the customs of Mother's Day in the man's country?Part DMy First JobMy parents ran a small restaurant. It was open twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. My first job was shining shoes for customers when I was six years old. My duties increased as I grew older. By age ten I was clearing tables and washing plates. My father made it clear that I had to meet certain standards. I had to be on time, hard-working and polite to the customers. I was never paid for any work I did. One day I made the mistake of telling Dad I thought he should give me ten pounds a week. He said, "OK, then how about you paying me for the three meals a day when you eat here and for the times you bring your friends here for free drinks?" He figured I owed him about 40 pounds a week. This taught me quite a lot.Statements:1. The speaker had more than one responsibility at his parents' restaurant.2. The speaker's parents kept their business open around the clock.3. It can be inferred that the speaker's family lived in the United States.4. It seems that the speaker's father was very strict with him but quite kind to his friends.5. The father finally agreed to pay his child for his work but would deduct the cost of his meals.6. This story shows that the speaker has very unhappy memories of his childhood.重点单词及词组Part Brelationship 关系encouraging 奖励的widow 寡妇demands of 要求curled 卷曲的suspicious 可疑的driveway 车道got around to 抽出时间(做某事)Part CWondering 显出惊奇teenage 年青的be aware of 知道attitude 态度permissive 许可的to one’s mind 根据某人的意见allowance 津贴,零用钱budget 预算handle 处理,操作survive 幸存occasion 时机,机会carnation 康乃馨Part Drestaurant 饭馆standard 标准shining 光亮的,华丽的Unit 2Part BText1What a Coincidence! (Part One)Andrew had always wanted to be a doctor. But the tuition for a medical school in 1984 was 15,000 dollars a year, which was more than his family could afford. To help him realize his dream, his father, Mr. Stewart, a real estate agent, began searching the house-for-sale ads in newspapers in order to find extra business. One advertisement that he noted down was for the sale of a house in a nearby town. Mr. Stewart called the owner, trying to persuade him to let him be his agent. Somehow he succeeded and the owner promised that he would come to him if he failed to get a good deal with his present agent. Then they made an appointment to meet and discuss the thing.As good things are never easy to acquire, the time for the appointment had to be changed almost ten times. On the day when they were supposed to meet at 3 o'clock in the afternoon, Mr. Stewart received another call from the owner. His heart sank as he feared there would be another change of time. And so it was. The owner told him that he couldn't make it at three but if he would come right then, they could talk it over. Mr. Stewart was overjoyed. Leaving everything aside, he immediately set out to drive to the house.As he approached the area, he had a strange feeling of having been there before. The streets, the trees, the neighborhood, all looked familiar to him. And when he finally reached the house, something clicked in his mind. It used to be the house of his father-in-law! The old man had died fifteen years ago but when he was alive, he had often visited him with his wife and children. He remembered that, like his son Andrew, his father-in-law had also wanted to study medicine and, failing to do so, had always hoped that one of his two daughters or his grandchildren could someday become a doctor.Questions:1. Who are the two main characters in the story you have just heard?2. How did Mr. Stewart get to know the owner of the house?3. What problem did Mr. Stewart have?4. What is the coincidence in the story you have just heard?Text2What a Coincidence! (Part Two)When he entered the house, Mr. Stewart was even more amazed to find that the house was decorated exactly as he had remembered it. He told the owner about this and the latter became intrigued too. However, they were in for even greater surprises. It so happened that in the middle of their discussion, a postman came to deliver a letter. And the letter was addressed to Mr. Stewart's father-in-law! Were it not for Mr. Stewart's presence there and then, the letter would be returned as no person of that name lived in the house any longer. As the postman demanded a signature on the receipt slip, Mr. Stewart signed for his long-deceased father-in-law. Mystified, the owner urged Mr. Stewart to open the letter and see what it contained. The letter was from a bank. When he opened it, two words immediately met his eye -- 'For education'. It was a bank statement of an amount his father-in-law had put in years ago for his grandchildren's education needs. With the interest it had earned over the years, the standing value of the amount came to a little over $15,000, just enough money to cover the tuition of Andrew's first year at a medical college!Another thing that is worth mentioning is about the postman. The original postman, who had worked in this neighborhood, called in sick that day. So the postman, who was new to the area, came to deliver mail in his place. Had it been the old postman, the letter would undoubtedly be returned to the sender as he knew full well that no person bearing that name lived in that house any longer.The miracle was a blessing for Andrew. With the money given to him by his grandfather he was able to study medicine. Now he is a doctor in Illinois.Statements:1. Several coincidences happened in the story.2. The coincidences made it possible for the owner to sell his house at a good price.3. No one actually benefited from the coincidences.4. It can be inferred that Mr. Stewart did not have to seek extra work from then on.5. With the extra money Mr. Stewart had earned, Andrew's dream finally came true.Part CDad Stops for Gas, Finds Lost SonNueng Garcia was the son of an American serviceman stationed in Thailand in 1969. But his father went back to the States when Nueng was only three months old. When he grew up Nueng immigrated to the United States and worked as a gas station clerk in Pueblo, Colorado. His dream was to find his father John Garcia. Year after year, he tried in vain to search for information about the whereabouts of his father.It was a fine day in Pueblo. There was not a cloud in the blue sky. But for him, it was just another day on the job. Suddenly he noticed the name of one customer who paid with a check. The man, who was in his fifties, had the same surname as his own. Nueng raised his head from the check and looked at the man. Could this be his father?"Are you John Garcia?" he asked."Yes," came the answer."Were you ever in the Air Force?""Yes.""Were you ever in Thailand?""What's that to do with you?" answered the man, who became suspicious by then."Were you or were you not?" Nueng persisted."Yes.""Did you ever have a son?"At this truth dawned on the man. They stared at each other and realized at the same moment that they were father and son who were separated 27 years ago and half a world away.John Garcia hadn't seen his son since 1969. He lost touch with Nueng's mother when she started seeing another man. He moved to Pueblo nine years ago. He said he never went to that gas station, wasn't even low on gas that day and hardly ever paid with a check.Statements:1. Nueng's parents divorced when he was only 3 months old.2. After moving to the U.S.A., Nueng worked at a gas station in Colorado.3. Nueng never gave up his efforts to find his father, but John Garcia had never looked for his son.4. One day while at work Nueng's eyes fell on the photo of a customer's driver's license, and the man in the photo looked like his father.5. John Garcia was once in the U.S. Air Force stationed in Thailand.6. John Garcia and his son didn't meet each other again until 1996.7. Nueng's father said he often went to that gas station but never paid with a check.8.It was by coincidence that John Garcia and his son were reunited after many years of separation.Part DUnexplained ParallelsOne of the best-known collections of parallels is between the careers of Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy. Both were shot on a Friday, in the presence of their wives; both were succeeded by a Southerner named Johnson; both their killers were themselves killed before they could be brought to justice. Lincoln had a secretary called Kennedy; Kennedy a secretary called Lincoln. Lincoln was killed in the Ford Theater; Kennedy met his death while riding in a Lincoln convertible made by the Ford Motor Company -- and so on.Similar coincidences often occur between twins. A news story from Finland reported of two 70-year-old twin brothers dying two hours apart in separate accidents, with both being hit by trucks while crossing the same road on bicycles. According to the police, the second victim could not have known about his brother's death, as officers had only managed to identify the first victim minutes before the second accident.Connections are also found between identical twins who have been separated at birth. Dorothy Lowe and Bridget Harrison were separated in 1945, and did not meet until 1979, when they were flown over from Britain for an investigation by a psychologist at the University of Minnesota. They found that when they met they were both wearing seven rings on their hands, two bracelets on one wrist, a watch and a bracelet on the other. They married on the same day, had worn identical wedding dresses and carried the same flowers. Dorothy had named her son Richard Andrew and her daughter Catherine Louise; Bridget had named her son Andrew Richard and her daughter Karen Louise. In fact, she had wanted to call her Catherine. Both had a cat called Tiger. They also had a string of similar mannerisms when they were nervous.How can we explain the above similarities?Statements:1. Both Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy were killed by a Southerner.2. John F. Kennedy's secretary was named after Abraham Lincoln.3. The news story told about the traffic accidents that killed two twin brothers.4. It can be inferred from the passage that more parallel phenomena are studied in the United States than in any other country.5. Coincidences occurring in three nations are described in the passage.6. Some psychologists' interest is the research on coincidences between twins.7. According to the speaker, coincidences occur much more often between twins than betweenpeople who are not related.8. The speaker does not mention his/her own opinion on whether these parallels can be explained.重点单词及词组Part Bcoincidence 一致,巧合tuition 学费real estate 房地产persuade 劝说appointment 约会acquire 获得,学会be supposed to 应该,被指望decorate 装饰intrigue 激起…的兴趣signature 签名receipt slip 收款便条mystified 迷惑tuition 学费Part Cimmigrate 移来,移居whereabouts 下落,行踪lost touch with 和某人失去联系Part Dunexplained 不清楚的parallels 导轨in the presence of 在面前justice 正义,合理convertible 可改变的victim 受害人,牺牲者identify 识别,鉴别investigation 调查,研究psychologist 心理学者bracelet 手镯string 一串,一行mannerism 特殊习惯,怪僻Unit 3Part BText 1A Marriage Agreement (Part One)(Tom and Linda have signed a marriage agreement. Both agree not to break the rules outlined in the agreement. John, a reporter, is talking to them about the agreement.)John: Tom, Linda, first I'd like to ask you why you decided to write this unusual agreement. Tom: We found that many problems are caused when a person has different expectations from his or her spouse. We wanted to talk about everything openly and honestly before we started living together.Linda: Also we both know how important it is to respect each other's pet peeves. Like, I can get very annoyed if others leave stuff -- clothing, papers, everything! -- lying around on the floor. It really bugged me, so we put that in the agreement.John: This is mentioned in Article 1: Cleaning Up, isn't it? It says, "Nothing will be left on the floor overnight. Everything must be cleaned up and put away before going to bed."Tom: Then I'll know clearly what Linda's expectations are.John: I see. What about Article 2: Sleeping? It says, "We will go to bed at 11 p.m. and get up at 6:30 a.m. except on weekends." I'm sure some people hearing this will think that this agreement isn't very romantic.Tom: Well, we disagree. We think it's very romantic. This agreement shows that we sat down and talked, and really tried to understand the other person. A lot of problems occur in a marriage when people don't talk about what they want.Linda: That's right. When we disagreed about something, we worked out a solution that was good for both of us. I would much rather have Tom really listen to me and understand my needs than give me a bunch of flowers or a box of candy.Questions:1. Which statement best summarizes the marriage agreement between Tom and Linda?2. According to Tom, what will give rise to problems in a marriage?3. What can be inferred about Linda from the conversation?Text 2A Marriage Agreement (Part Two)John: Linda, do you spend a lot of time checking to see if the other person is following the rules? Arguing?Linda: No, not at all.Tom: A lot of couples argue because they don't understand each other's expectations. I think we spend less time arguing than most couples because we both know what the other person expects.John: What happens if one of you breaks a rule?Tom: Well, that's in Article 13 of our agreement.John: Is it? Oh yes, Article 13: Breaking Rules. "If you break a rule, you must apologize and do something nice for the other person to make it up."Linda: Yeah, like last time Tom broke the rule of driving.John: What's the rule?Linda: The rule is we must ask for directions if we are driving and get lost for more than five minutes.John: What happened?Tom: We were driving to a friend's wedding, and we got lost. Linda wanted to stop at a gas station to ask for directions, but I thought I could figure it out.Linda: Then we drove forty miles in the wrong direction and ended up being late for the wedding. Tom: So I took her out to dinner. I knew what I should do to apologize.John: That's very important, I think, knowing how to apologize. By the way, do you plan to update your agreement at all? What if things change in your life and a rule doesn't work anymore? Linda: We've thought about that too. Article 14 states that we must review this agreement once a year and make necessary changes.John: Well, it was really nice talking to you both. Thank you very much for your time.Tom & Linda: Thank you.Statements:1. Tom and Linda never argue because they both know what the other person expects.2. Once Tom broke Article 14 and apologized to Linda by taking her out to dinner.3. If some of the rules in the marriage agreement become outdated, changes will be made toupdate them.4. It seems that both Tom and Linda are satisfied with their marriage agreement.Part CA Perfect MatchAre you looking for a good relationship with someone special? What type of person is the best person for you? Is it the person with the highest IQ? Is it the most beautiful or most handsome person? How about the richest person or the most ambitious? Is your ideal partner the most traditional or the most modern person? Is he or she the person most like you, or most unlike you?The answer, psychologists say, is none of the above. Why? Because they are all extremes. In a number of research studies, psychologists asked couples these questions. The answers were clear. Most people are happy with moderation -- with partners who are not the most or the best (or the least or the worst). People are more comfortable with partners who are not so special.The research showed several other important things. In a love relationship, two things can cause trouble. First, trouble happens when both people get angry quickly. This is not surprising. Second, trouble happens when people don't expect to change themselves in a relationship. Do you stay calm when you disagree with someone? Are you ready to change yourself? If you can tolerate disagreement and are willing to change, maybe you are ready for a serious relationship.Statements:1. The passage implies that the perfect match for you is a person who is most unlike you.2. The author argues that the most beautiful or most handsome person may not be your perfectpartner.3. Moderate person, that is, the partners who are not the most or the best can be your perfectmatch.4. The research showed that an extreme love relationship between the two can cause trouble.5. The passage states that the anger is one of the causes that lead to the breakup of a loverelationship.6. The perfect match lies in the people's attitudes to tolerate disagreement and be willing to change in a relationship.Part DHusbands and Wives Don't See Things AlikeLet's face it -- husbands and wives just don't see things alike. Take TV remote controls, for example. I'm a channel-grazer. When I watch the news, I flip back and forth through four different networks."It drives me crazy when you do that," my wife complains. I don't understand why she has no interest in other channels. After all, she is a woman who wants to know everything going on in the neighborhood and among all the relatives. Just one button away might be an interesting program on How to Lose Fifty Pounds by Eating Chocolate Sundaes or How to Understand Weird Husbands. But, no, she won't change channels, not even if she dislikes the program she's watching."This talk show host makes me so angry!" she cried one evening."Then why don't you change the channel?" I asked."Because I can't stand people who are always changing channels."Differences. No right or wrong, just differences."The first law of civilization," said an old philosopher, "is to let people be different."I don't need to convert my wife to my ways, and she doesn't try to make me be like her. We simply take turns monitoring the remote control.Statements:1. The major difference between the speaker and his wife is their TV viewing habits.2. According to the speaker, he is more interested in talk shows while his wife is more interested in news programs.3. The wife seems to be more weird than the husband is.4. The speaker and his wife usually take turns working the remote control when they watch television.5. It can be inferred that women are generally more tolerant than men of their spouse's differences.6. The speaker and his wife maintain peace not by changing each other but by tolerance.重点单词及词组Part Bexpectation 期望,期待bug 打扰peeve 麻烦的事物spouse 配偶solution 解决办法 a bunch of 一捆candy 糖果expectation 期望apologize 道歉end up 最终以…为结局Part Cpsychologist 心理学者ambitious 有雄心的moderation 适度tolerate 忍受Part Dcomplain 抱civilization 文明,文化philosopher 哲学家monitor 监控convert 使转换Unit 4Part BText 1Being a Police Officer Is a Stressful JobInterviewer: Welcome to our program, Sam.Sam: Thank you.Interviewer: Sam, how long have you been a police officer?Sam: I've been a police officer for thirty years.Interviewer: Thirty years. And you've had different types of assignments on the police force, I guess.Sam: Yeah, I've done everything from patrol to undercover work to detective work, and now I'm supervising investigations.Interviewer: Sam, I think most people would say that being a police officer is a very stressful job.Would you agree?Sam: Yes, it's definitely a stressful job. But it depends on your assignment.Interviewer: So, what's probably the most stressful assignment you can have?Sam: I'd say patrol is the most stressful assignment.Interviewer: That's interesting! In what way?Sam: Well, I guess the biggest part of the stress is the fear factor -- the fear of the unknown. Interviewer: What do you mean, Sam?Sam: Well, in patrol work, you don't know from moment to moment who you are talking to or what their reaction is going to be to justify your presence. Let's say, for example, a patrol officer stops someone for a traffic violation. It seems as though that would be a very low-stress situation.Interviewer: Yes, it is a very low-stress situation.Sam: But the truth is, there are more police officers injured during a routine stop.Interviewer: Really?Sam: Really! That's why all police officers are taught from the very beginning to be aware of their surroundings. People back over policemen, people shoot policemen, people jump out at policemen -- different kinds of things. So that's probably the most stressful time. Interviewer: I see. Let's take a break and then we'll move on to our next topic.Sam: All right.Questions:1. What's the relationship between the two speakers?2. What does Sam mainly talk about?3. What do you know about Sam?Text 2Stress ReducersInterviewer: Sam, you've talked about the police officers' stressful time. Now let's move on to the next topic. So far as I know, there's a connection between stress and illness. Do youthink that there's a higher percentage of illness among police officers than in thegeneral population? I mean, do they get more colds or anything? Is this really true? Sam: Yes, it is, and the stress level not only manifests itself in daily health -- whether or not you've feeling well on any given day. It also manifests itself in things like ulcers, heart disease -- police officers tend to have a higher rate of heart disease and ulcers than people in other professions.Interviewer: Really? That's documented?Sam: Yes, it's documented. And also the divorce rate among police officers is much higher. Interviewer: Is there something that the police department does to help you deal with this stress? Sam: Yes, there are several programs that most police departments have in place. One is an exercise program where some part of your day is spent on some type of physical exercise.They've found that's a great stress reducer. Besides, there's also a psychological program with counseling for officers to help them reduce their stress. And there are several discussion groups as well. They've found that sometimes just sitting around and talking about the stress with other officers helps to reduce it. So, those things are available. Interviewer: And what do you do, personally, to help you deal with the stress of your job, Sam? Sam: Well, during the baseball season, I'm the biggest baseball fanatic, and I will either be reading。
全新版大学英语听说教程3听力测试1-2原文Tapescript of Test 1Part ADirections: You’re going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be read only once. Listen carefully and choose the right answer to each question you hear.(8 points)Conversation 1:M: Your son Peter certainly shows a lot of enthusiasm for action movies.I wonder how he can afford the time.W: Me too. I only wish he’d show as much in his stud ies.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?Conversation 2M: You've spent too much time doing coursework, Sally. Don't you think you should go out and get some fresh air? W: Thanks for the advice. But this is how I relieve my stress. I'd rather not get too far behind.Q: What can you infer from the woman's response?Conversation 3:M: I'm having trouble making ends meet. It looks like I have to make another phone call to my parents.W: I don't think it would be a problem if you cut down on the discs you buy.Q: What does the woman mean?Conversation 4:W: I hope you enjoyed the movie last night. I wasn't sure I would.M: I wasn't either, but once it started, I simply got glued to the screen.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 5:M: Congratulations! I heard your debating team has reached the final.W: Yes, we're all excited about it. Now we're working hard to get well-prepared.Q: What will the woman's team probably do?Conversation 6:W: Bill is a great guy. He nearly got killed when he tried to rescue an old lady from a fire yesterday.M: Well, I’m not surprised. I know that’s not the first dangerous situation he’s been in.Q: Which of the following adjectives best describes Bill?Conversation 7:M: What kind of father am I? My daughter is sick. She has had a fever for a couple of days. But I didn't even know about it.W: Don't blame yourself too much. You've been too much involved in the company's work to notice it, I guess. You really should take some time off.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Conversation 8:M: Is Mary still in a critical condition?W: I'm afraid so, but we've kept the news from her mother.Q: What do we know about Mary's mother?Part DDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1:W: What are you giving Julie for Valentine’s Day?M: Oh, i s it that time of the year already? I’d completely forgotten about it.W: If you want to keep your wife happy, you should never forget important days like her birthday, your wedding anniversar y, or Valentine’s day.M: It’s so hard for me. Ju lie has never let me forget that I missed our anniversary last month.W: Little things like that mean a lot to women.M: Well, do you have any good ideas for a gift?W: I always like a box of chocolates.M: Julie likes chocolates of course, b ut she is trying to lose some weight. I probably shouldn’t do anyt hing to make it hard for her.W: How about flowers? Tha t’s something everyone likes.M: Yes, flowers are nice. I am wondering if it should be something a little more special to make up for my blunder last month.W: Jewelry is always good.M: I think you’ve got it. I believe Julie has be en hinting that she’d like a string of pearls. Every time we go shopping she stops at the jewelry counter to look at pearls. I think it would make her happy just to see that I have been little observant.W: Well, there’s that problem solved. Try not to wa it until the last minute. It’s easier to shop when you don’t feel pressured.M: Good advice. It’s a really lucky thing to have a friend like you.Questions 9 to 12 ar e based on the conversation you’ve justheard.9. Who is Julie?10. Which of the following is true of the man?11. What will the man’s wife receive for this year’s Valentine’s Day?12. What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 1:M: Mary, what’s your opinion about opening our own business after transferring from the army? I don’t want to wait for the government to assign me a job.W: What did you say? Are you out of your mind?M: I’m serious. You see, the government is calling on us to create o pportunities for ourselves. Besides, I’ve gained much knowledge and experience being in the army. I’m sure I can run my own business successfully.W: That’s not the way I see it. Opening a business mean that you would no longer have fixed salary. What shall we live on?M: Oh, come on. As the saying goes, “Where there’s a will, there’s a way.” I’m sure we be able to support ourselves by means of hard work.W: I guess we just can’t see eye to eye on this.M: I guess not.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the co nversation you’ve just heard.13. What’s the probable relationship between the two speakers?14. What can we learn from the conversation?15. What can we infer from the conversation?Directions: Listen to the passage three times and fill in the blanks with the missing words. (10 points)Did you know that one out of every ten people in the world are left-handed? And did you also know that in many countries left-handedness is still thought of as being wrong? In India, for example, you shouldn’t eat with your left hand.Even at the beginning of the 20th century left-handedness was considered to be a sign of weakness. 16)Researchers used to try and prove that left-handed people were more likely to commit17)murder, or have reading problems than right-handed people.18)Fortunately, not all cultures think like this. In China both sides are needed for 19)harmony.Left-handedness can in fact be an 20)advantage in sport. Many left-handed 21)boxers and tennis players have achieved outstanding success. This is partly because of the element of surprise the left hand can offer and partly because left-handed people’s 22)brains work quicker.Nevertheless, this is still a right-handed people’s world. Ands this can be clearly seen when you’re buying everyday things like scissors or golf clubs. 23)Even the most ordinary household iterms such as irons or can-openers are designed for right-handed people.But, here’s some good news for all left-handed people. There is a shop in London which sells goods especially for left-handed people. It’s called Anything Left-handed.There 24)you can buy anything from left-handed pocket calculators to knives and coffee mugs. In fact you can even buy watches for the left hand which work anti-clockwise. 25)People who buy things from the shop say it just makes their everyday life much easier.Part DDirections: You’ll hear three passages. Each will be read onlyonce. Choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (10 points)Passage 1Many people suffer from some form of extreme anxiety. Some experience occasional attacks of panic for almost no reason. Others go around in a state of continual uneasiness. How can anxiety be controlled? One way is for patients to take drugs which help manage their anxiety. Patients who take these drugs say that they are able to work, to sleep and to go to places they feared to visit before. But the effects of the drugs on the human body, especially on the nervous system, have not been known for a long time.Scientists have started a series of studies to identify the effects of the drugs on the brain and have gained some insight into the costs and benefits of the anti-anxiety drugs. They are valuable because they can reduce the effects of expected failure, frustration and disappointment. But their value demands a price. Two effects of the drugs are obviously harmful. First, they weaken a person's ability to react to changes; second, they fail to help a person deal with unexpected troubles. It is fairly sure that people will meet with problems they have never expected, so these harmful effects may make the price of anti-anxiety drugs too high.Questions 26 to 28 are based on the passage you’ve just heard.26. What does the passage mainly tell us?27. What harmful effects can anti-anxiety drugs have on a patient?28. What is the speaker’s attitude toward anti-anxiety drugs?Elizabeth Blackwell was born in 1821 in England. Her family moved to the United States when she was 11. There, several yearslater, a family friend who suffered from cancer suggested to her that she study medicine. The dying friend said that perhaps her sickness would have been better under-stood if she had been treated by a woman. Elizabeth knew that no woman had ever been permitted to study in a medical college, but she began to think about the idea seriously after the friend died.Supported by her family, she began to study medicine privately with a doctor. Later she was accepted by Geneva Medical College in New York State and graduated in 1849 with high honors. She became the first woman in the Western world to have completed medical school training.Dr. Blackwell had many dreams. One was to start a hospital for women and children: another was to build a medical school to train woman doctors. After many years’s struggle against every kind of opposition, she finally succeeded in opening the first medical college for women in New York in 1868, and a second one later in London. In 1871 she founded the British National Health Society.Elizabeth Blackwell believed that the true reponsibility of doctors was to prevent disease. She stated p program in which doctors visited patients in their homes and taught them basic hygiene about house cleaning and food preparation so that sickness could be prevented. And she started the program of disease prevention in her schools. It was the first time the idea of preventing disease was taught at a medical college.Dr. Blackwell died in 1910, at the age of 89. She is remembered for her contribution to the cause of medicine and for showing the way for women to move on.Questions 29 to 32 are based on the passage you’ve just heard.29. Why did Elizabeth Blackwell want to become a doctor?30. As the first woman doctor, where did she open the first medical college for woman?31. What did Elizabeth Blackwell think was the true responsibility of doctors?32. Which of the following best describes Elizabeth Blackwell?Passage 3:When parents and teachers of youn children talk about the need for good self-esteem, they usually mean that children have “good feelings” about t hemselves. With young children, self-esteem refers to the extent to which they expect to be accepted and valued by the adults and peers who are important to them.Children with a healthy sense of self-esteem feel that the important adults in their lives accept them, care about them, and would go out of their way to ensure that they are safe and well. They feel that those adults would be upset if anything happened to them and would miss them if they are separated. Children with low self-esteem, on the other hand, feel that important adults and peers in their lives do not accept them, do not care about them very much, and would not go out of their way to ensure their safety and well-being.During their early years, youn children’s self-esteem is based largely on their perceptions of how the important adults in their lives judge themn. The extent to which children believe they have the characteristics valued by the important adults and peers in their lives figures greatly in the development of self-esteem. For example, in families and communities that value athletic ability highly, children who excel in athletics are likely to have a high level of self-esteem, whereas children who are less athletic or who are criticized as being physically clumsy are likelyto suffer from low self-esteem.Families, communities and ethnic and cultural groups vary in the criteria on which self-esteem is based. For example, some groups may emphasize physical appearance, and some may evaluate boys and girls differently.Questions 33 t o 35 are based on the passage you’ve just heard.33. Who play a major role in helping children develop a healthy sense of self-esteem?34. What is youn children’s self-esteem mainly based on according to the passage?35. Which of the following is not discussed?Tapescript of Test 2Part ADirections: You’re going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be read only once. Listen carefully and choose the right answer to each question you hear.(8 points)Conversation 1.W: Mr. Brown, I tried to memorize the script but I keep forgetting the lines.M: Look, Jane, you'll be fine if you stop putting so much pressure on yourself.Q: What does the man mean?Conversation 2.W: Excuse me, but could you tell me where I can change U.S. dollars into Euros?M: There’s a bank round the corner. But now it’s alreadypast its closing time. You can’t try the one near the hospital.Q: What does the man mean?Conversation 3.W: I can't stand the air pollution in the city any more. It’s getting worse.M: I couldn’t agree more. You see, we’ve never had so many factories before.Q: What does the man mean?Conversation 4.M: I’d like to sign up for some voluntary work. It’s a good way to connect with the community.W: It sure is. But you have to put in a lot of hours. How can you schedule your time?Q: What does the woman mean?Conversation 5.W: Did you see last night’s film on Channel 9?M: Well, I meant to see it, but a friend of mine came to see me. We had a long talk about our business.Q: What did the man do last hight?Conversation 6W: Paul, have you heard that we won’t be laid off after all?M: I know, but I’m fed up with my job here anyway.Q: What’s the man’s reaction to the woman’s news?Conversation 7M: Hey, Lisa, look over there. Is it a man or a woman? I can’t see clearly.W: It’s hard to say, Paul. Nowadays lots of boys and girls wear the same clothes and have long hair.Q: What does the woman mean?Conversation 8M: I know what you mean. That’s why Rosa decided to break up their engagement.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Hi. Can I help you?M: Hi. I’ve, uh, just opened a checking account and I want to withdraw 150 euros. What I want to know is, who do I make the check out to?W: Well, since the money is for yourself, you make it out to cash.M: Ok. W...how do I do that?W: You just write the word "cash" on this line.M: This line here?W: Yes, next to "pay to the order of".M; Ok. C-A-S-H. Now, I want to make this 150 euros. There, how’s this?W: Well, you’ve written the amount in numbers, but you have to write it out in words, too. That goes on the second line, there.M: Oh, yeah.W: By the way, it’s a good idea to draw a line from the end of the amount to the word “euros”so nobody can change the amount.M: Oh, thanks. Well, that should do it. Here you go.W: You forgot to sign your name. There, in the bottom right corner.M: Woops, sorry. Here you go.W: The date.M: W...huh?W: The date—you forgot it. It goes in the top right corner.M: Oh,right. OK, am I done?W: Yes. That’s fifty—a hundred—a hundred and fifty euros.M: Thanks a lot. Have a good day.W: You too.Questions 9 to 11 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9. What’s the man doing in the bank?10. Where is the man asked to write t he word “cash”?11. What does the woman ask the man to do?Conversation 2W: You look worried, David. Anything wrong?M: Well, to be honest, it's my mother. Sh e’s been behaving strangely lately.W: In what way?M: Well, ever since my father died, she’s be en unhappy.M: But it happened more than three years ago. I never thought she would miss him so much.W: Oh, I see what you mean.M: It wouldn’t be so bad if my mother didn’t live so far away. When my father retired, they moved to the seaside. Then only a year later, my father suddenly had a heart attack and passed away. Now my mother is all alone in a big house, with very few friends and no family near her.W: She must be very lonely.M: Yes, she is ! My wife and I go to see her as often as we can. But it isn’t easy. I phone her at least twice a week and ask her ifshe’ all right or if she needs anything...And there’s something else that worries me a lot.W: What?M: Her memory seems to be going. I have to remind her to do all sorts of things...to pay the gas bill, for instance. She gets annoyed with me. But I know she’ll forget if I don’t.W: Well, don’t worry about it too much. She’s just getting old, that’s all.M: I know! That’s just the problem.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12. Why does David’s mother feel unhappy lately?13. What’s wrong with David’s mother?14. Which of the following is true?15. What do you know about David?Part CDirections: Listen to the passage three times and fill in the blanks with the missing words. (10 points)In the 16)course of modernization, our environment is being polluted faster than man’s present efforts can 17)prvent. Advanced 18)technology and modern industries bring our society many 19)benefits, making our life easy and comfortable, but they also lead to greater polution.One form of pollution, in 20)particular, that has received a lot of attention in recent years, is that produced by waster plastic bags and boxes. 21)Due to improper disposal, they lie here and there along the railway tracks. In the rivers, on the hills, on the sea and around 22)communities. On a windy day, 23)they are to be seen flying freely in the sky.Measures must be taken to clean them up. 24)Recyclingshould be put into consideration and more importantly, 25)consumers themselves have to be responsible for the proper disposal of their garbage.Part DDirections: You’ll hear three passages. Each will be read only once. Listen carefully and then choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (10 points)One important cause of the generation gap is the opportunity that young people have to choose their own life-styles.In more traditional societies,when children grow up,they are expected to live in the same area as their parents,to marry people that their parents know and approve of,and often to continue the family occupation. But nowadays, quite a lot of young people like travel great distances for their education,move out of the family home at an early age,marry or live with people whom their parents have never met, and choose occupations different from those of their parents.to make more money and to do all the things that they were unable to do. Often,however,the ambitions that parents have for their children are another cause of the division between them. They may discover that they have very little in common with each other.Finally, the speed at which changes take place in our society is another cause of the gap between the generations. In a traditional culture, elderly people are valued for their wisdom, but in our society the knowledge of a lifetime may become out of date overnight. The young and the old seem to live in two very different worlds, separated by different skills and abilitites.Questions 26 to 28 are based on the passage you’ve justheard.26. What is mainly discussed in the passage?27. Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?27. What is the style of the talk?Passage 2The period of engagement is the time between the marriage proposal and the wedding ceremony. Two people agree to marry when they decide to spend their lives together.The man usually gives the woman a diamond engagement ring.That tradition is said to have started when an Austrian man gave a diamond ring to the woman he wanted to marry. The diamond did not represent loyalty as some people thought. It represented beauty instead. The Austrian man placed it on the third finger of her left hand. He chose that finger because it was thought that a blood vessel or nerve in that finger went directly to the heart. Today, we know that this is not true. Yet the tradition continues. Americans generally are engaged for a period of about one year, if they are planning a wedding ceremony and party. During this time, friends of the bride may hold a party at which woman friends and family members give the bride gifts that she will need as as a wife. Friends of the man who is getting married may have a bachelor party for him. This usually takes place the night before the wedding. Only men are invited to the bachelor party. During the marriage ceremony, the bride and her would-be husband usually exchange gold rings. That represents the idea that their union will continue forever. The wife often wears both the wedding ring and engagement ring on the same finger. The husband wears his wedding ring on the third finger of his left hand.Many people say the purpose of the engagement period isto permit enough time to plan the wedding. But the main purpose is to let enough time pass so the two people are sure they want to marry each other. Either person may decide to break the engagement. If this happens, the woman usually returns the ring to the man. They also return any wedding gifts they have received.Questions 29 to 32 are based on the passage you’ve just heard.29. What is the passage mainly about?30. What do the bride and bridegroom do during the marriage ceremony?31. Which of the following is true?32. What is the chief advantage of having the engagemnent period?Passage 3My family came to America before I was born. In two weeks I am going to get married, and my fiancee (未婚妻), Rosa and I expect to be very happy. We do not plan to have a honeymoon because we want to spend two weeks setting up our own new business as real estate agents (房地产代理商).My mother, who is very traditional (传统)woman, says that our plan is absurd. She thinks that we should justbusinesses together. Instead, the man went out to work, and the wife stayed home to raise a family.Both Samantha and I want children in the future, and together we plan to raise them. Needless to say, our plans and my mother's views don't agree. I suppose it's hard for my mother and father to understand our point of view. They are used to another way of setting up a marriage and a life.Another thing that worries my parents is the fact that Rosaand I are going to be spending seven days a week on our business until it is running smoothly. As my mother has pointed out to us, such a schedule will leave us little time for socializing.A young couple should enjoy themselves and get to know each other under less hectic circumstances, my mother says.Actually, Rosa and I know each other pretty well. We are both dedicated to our goals, and neither of us minds giving up weekends for a while.Questions 33 to 35 are based on the passage you’ve just heard.33. Why do the speaker and his fiancee decide not to have a honymoon?34. Which of the following best describes the speaker’s mother?35. What do you know about the young couple?。
全新版大学英语听说教程第四册听力原文TEST1PartAConversation 1:W: Have you got a job, Phil?M: Yeah, I do yard work for the people in the neighborhood, cutting grass, raking fallen leaves, planting trees and pulling out weeds, things like that.Q: What does Phil do?Conversation 2:M: The trees on our campus are really beautiful.W: You're right, and they are useful, too. They cut down on our need for air conditioning, don't you think?Q: What does the woman mean?Conversation 3:W: Professor Webster has a class this afternoon from 2:30 to 4. But he won't be able to make it because he's lost his voice.M: Does he want me to try to find somebody else to take his place?Q: What does the man mean?Conversation 4:M: Can you come to the concert with me this weekend, or do you have to prepare for the exams next week?W: Frankly speaking I still have a lot to do for the exams but maybe a break would do me good.Q: What will the woman probably do?Conversation 5:M: Have you heard the weather report for today?W: Yes. It says that the sandstorm is going to be very bad and we're advised to stay indoors. Q: What is the woman talking about?Part2DialogueW: Hello, University of Sidney. May I help you?M: Yes. I'm looking for information on courses in computer programming.W: Do you want a day or evening course?M: Well, it would have to be an evening course since I work during the day.W: Uh-huh. Have you taken any courses in data processing?M: No.W: Oh, well, data processing is a prerequisite course. You have to take that course before you can take computer programming.M: Oh, I see. Well, when is it given? I hope it's not on Tuesdays.W: There's a class that meets on Monday evenings at seven.M: Just once a week?W: Right. But that's almost three hours -- from seven to nine forty-five p.m.M: Oh. Well, that's all right. I could manage that. How many weeks does the course last?W: Let me see... oh, yes, twelve weeks. You start the first week in September and finish... oh... just before Christmas. December twenty-first.M: And how much is the course?W: That's 300 dollars, and that includes the necessary computer time.M: OK. By the way, is there anything that I should bring with me?W: No. Just your checkbook.M: Thank you so much.W: You're very welcome. Bye.M: Bye.PartCHealth experts have warned for many years that cigarette smoking can lead to heart disease, cancer and other medical problems. But smokers still find it extremely difficult to stop. The American Cancer Society decided to do something to help them kick this bad habit.Every year the group organizes a national non-smoking day in an attempt to get smokers to quit smoking. The organization is asking all smokers to stop smoking at least for 24 hours. They hope this will eventually enable many people to permanently kill the habit.The cancer society officials will give telephone callers advice on how to stop smoking. Smokers also can call a special telephone number to hear recorded messages by doctors.Some businesses will offer their workers candy or chewing gum to help them fight down the crave for smoking. Some companies are offering special gifts and lower prices to people who sign an agreement to stop smoking. And Americans who do not smoke are being asked to help just one person quit smoking during the 24-hour-campaign.PartDPassage 1Office systems are equipment used to create, store, process, or communicate information in a business environment. This information can be manually, electrically, or electronicallyproduced, duplicated, and transmitted.The rapid growth of the service sector of the world economy beginning in the mid-1970s has furnished a new market for sophisticated office automation.Most modern office equipment, including typewriters, dictation equipment, facsimile machines, photocopiers, calculators, and telephone systems as well, contains a microprocessor. With the increasing incorporation of microchips into office equipment, the line between the computer and other equipment has blurred.At the same time, computers, either stand-alone or as part of a network, and specialized software programs are taking over tasks such as facsimile transmission or fax, voice mail, and telecommunications that were once performed by separate pieces of equipment. In fact, the computer has virtually taken the place of typewriters, calculators, and manual accounting techniques and is rapidly taking over graphic design, production scheduling, and engineering design.The use of computers and other modern equipment has enabled links to be established far beyond the walls of a building. Electronic links allow people in a modern office to communicate with workers at home or in satellite offices. This capability has led to a sharp increase in telecommuting. Since the early 1990s workers have worked at least part of the time outside the main office. Managers and professional employees are the major participants in this trend. As they no longer have to spend hours traveling from home to office, their work productivity has increased.As technology advances further, new equipment will be invented and introduced into the modern office, which will result in even greater efficiency in office work.Questions:1.What do office systems refer to according to the passage?2. What has furnished a new market for sophisticated office equipment since the mid-19703. How have electronic links benefited professionals and managers?Passage 2When it comes to leisure activities, Americans aren't quite the fun-seekers they've been supposed to be. For one out of five, weekends and vacations are consumed by such drudgeries as house-cleaning, yard-working and cooking; only one-third of them enjoy the luxury of relaxing in the sun, going camping, playing sports, or simply relaxing.These are among the conclusions reached by a recent poll in which more than 1,120 employed Americans were asked how they occupy themselves on days they are not at work. According to the poll, older people, the rich, and the well-educated are most apt to spend their spare time doing the things they 'want to do' rather than those they 'have to'. Overall, high-salaried people were more active then those with lower incomes -- they reported watching less television and were more likely to engage in social and cultural activities. Furthermore, those with college degrees were about twice as likely as those with no more than a high school education to spend time playing sports (42% compared with 23%). On the subject of vacations, the study found that college graduates were more likely than those with only high school degrees to have vacation plans (80% versus 60%). Of those who did intend to take some time off, 46% planned a sightseeing vacation (34% in the UnitedStates, 12% abroad), 34% expected to visit friends or relatives, 22% headed for the beach or lake, and 12% intended to relax at home.People who are divorced, widowed, or separated, the survey concluded, are the least likely of any group to take a vacation -- and the least likely to attach any importance to it.Questions:1. What is the passage mainly about?2. How do most people in the US spend their vacation according to the passage?3. Which of the following adjectives best describes the passage?4. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?Passage 3A movement to make US hotels smoke-free got a boost on Thursday when Woodfin Suite Hotels, owner of 18 hotels in 11 states, said its six California properties will go smoke-free starting September 1st.The announcement followed a similar move by Howard Johnson International Inc., which said in June that its hotel on Pocahontas Trail in Williamsburg, Va. would become the chain's first smoke-free property. And on August 1, Apple Core Hotels turned its 80-room Comfort Inn Midtown in New York City's Theater District into a no-smoking property.Hotel owners said they hope to make up for any lost business by winning over guests who prefer a smoke-free environment, but most admitted the move is largely experimental and traveler reaction will be closely watched before any major expansion of their programs. Apple Core Chief Operating Officer said his company decided to take the no-smoking plunge for a simple reason: demand."It has nothing to do with public policy," he said. "There's tremendous demand. People are very upset when they've been promised a smoke-free room and they get a smoked-in room instead."The handful of hotel owners who have taken the no-smoking plunge say the move will also help them save money in their housekeeping departments.The process of "de-smoking" a room -- eliminating all the negative effects when a room has been smoked in -- typically costs about $500 per room. Smoking rooms also face higher costs associated with more frequent carpet shampooing, curtain cleaning and minor repairs for such things as cigarette burns in fabrics, according to hotel managers.Furthermore, smoking rooms often take longer to clean than their no-smoking counterparts because they must be deodorized each day.It is also a benefit to the employees who can clean the rooms much faster. And employees who don't smoke won't get the smell. Even smokers complain when they walk in and get the smell of stale smoke.Despite the benefit of going smoke-free, however, many hotels may be reluctant to completely do away with smoking rooms in the near future. It will be more the personalpreference of the owner doing it, whereas the public company has to be more careful because it limits the demand.Questions:1. What does the passage mainly tell us?2. What do we know about Woodfin Suite Hotels?3. What is the main reason why some owners want to ban smoking in their hotels?TEST2PartAConversation 1:M: I have never heard such a fascinating lecture on solar energy. But you don't seem impressed. Don't you like it, Sally?W: Well, I must admit that I dozed off most of the time. I think it's too difficult for me to understand.Q: How did the woman feel about the lecture?Conversation 2:W: Thank goodness! You've finally arrived. The presentation started ten minutes ago. And I was just beginning to panic.M: Sorry I'm late. The traffic was extremely bad.Q: How did the woman feel when she saw the man?Conversation 3:W: I hear that you work part-time at a supermarket. What do you do there?M: I work in the produce section. I also stock shelves. Sometimes when it really gets busy, I help at the checkout counter.Q: What does the man occasionally do at his supermarket?Conversation 4:M: Mary, I've finally decided about my history paper. I'm going to focus on World War II.W: That's good, but you need to concentrate on one particular area. What about looking at thecourse of events in the Pacific?Q: What does the woman think of the man's topic?Conversation 5:M: To get an MA, you'll need thirty-six credit hours. Fifteen must be from the Education Department and fifteen from the Psychology Department. For the remaining six credit hours you have to write a thesis in about two thousand words.W: Hmm, that seems a lot, but I'm sure I'll manage.Q: What are the two speakers talking about?PartBFast ReadingAt 6:45 p.m. on the evening of Thursday 9th October, Miss Allen was returning from work to her home at 79 Winston Avenue. She had left work at 5:30 p.m. and stopped at the Fox and Goose public house in Market Street for a drink with a colleague. Miss Allen and her colleague had left the pub at 6:30 p.m. and Miss Allen had walked to the No.13 bus stop at the end of Market Street. While awaiting the arrival of the bus, she noticed a group of three youths loitering on the corner. The youths started to approach her, and she started to walk in the opposite direction. The footsteps behind her accelerated and a youth of about 19 years of age stopped her and asked her the time. As Miss Allen stopped and looked at her watch the youth seized her wrist, twisted her arm behind her back and forced her at knifepoint to surrender her handbag and her ring and bracelets. The two accomplices were encouraging their friend at this point. After Miss Allen gave the youth her handbag and her ring and bracelets the three quickly disappeared. Miss Allen was very shaken, but decided to walk to her home, a distance of about three miles, where she would alert the police. She arrived home at 7:40 p.m., only to discover that her flat had been hurriedly burgled. Clearly the muggers had found Miss Allen's keys in her handbag and had arrived before her to ransack her flat. Miss Allen later called the police to report the mugging and the burglary. In her handbag, there were 65 pounds in cash, her credit cards and checkbook and her keys. Two necklaces, several pairs of earrings, a camera and a portable CD player were stolen from her flat.PartCFor years almost everyone has believed that people lose some of their mental powers as they age. We have believed that old people have difficulty remembering and they think more slowly. Some even believe that old people have a reduced number of brain cells.Doctors are now saying that the loss of mental powers is not a sign of old age but of diseases. But Warner Shan, an expert on aging, says that some healthy elderly people seem to lose mental powers because they expect to lose some. They accept the idea that old people always lose intelligence, but studies have shown that if a person refuses to accept this idea and remains healthy, active and interested in life, his mental powers will not be affected. In fact, some kinds of intelligence continue to grow.The studies also show that old people who live with their families and have active lives increase in intelligence. People who live alone and withdraw from any kind of social life seem to lose mental ability.PartDPassage 1Lifestyle is the way a person lives; it includes work, leisure time, hobbies, other interests, and personal philosophy. One person's lifestyle may be dominated by work with few social activities. Another's may involve hobbies, recreational activities or personal philosophy. There is little doubt that lifestyles are changing and that these changes will have an impact on the way business operates in the years ahead. Several cases are causing lifestyle changes in some developed countries.First, there is more leisure time than ever before. The workweek is now less than forty hours, as compared with seventy hours a century ago. Some experts believe it will be twenty-five hours or less in a few decades. Several firms have adopted four-day workweeks with more hours per day. Others have cut down on the number of working hours each week. Reduced work schedules mean increased leisure time.Second, families have fewer children than before -- and young couples are postponing childbirth instead of having children early in the marriage. This trend has forced many businesses to modify their competitive strategies. Gerber Products Company used to advertise 'babies are our business -- our only business'. Now Gerber products include infant and toddler clothing, stuffed animals and accessories such as bottles, baby powder and so on. Third, people are better educated and more prosperous now than they were earlier. These advantages bring with them the freedom to question current lifestyles and examine new ones. Inquiries of this nature have sometimes led to personal lifestyle changes. Today's youth, for example, are not only better educated but more independent and individualistic than past generations.The business world is only beginning to realize how people's lifestyles can influence their behavior as employees, consumers and members of society.Questions:1. What does the passage mainly tell us?2. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?3. What does the speaker say about today's youth?Passage 2Mountain climbers around the world dream about going up Mount Qomolangma. It is the highest mountain in the world. But many people who have climbed the mountain had left waste material that is harming the environment. The pollution is affecting populated areasnear the mountain.A team of Americans is planning the largest clean-up effort ever on Mount Qomolangma. They will make the risky trip up the mountain next month. The team of eight Americans will be guided by more than twenty ethnic Sherpas of Nepal. Their goal is to remove all the trash they see and send most of it back to the United States. They will spend two months moving up the mountain gathering oxygen bottles, fuel containers, batteries, drinks cans, human waste and other trash. They are expected to remove at least three tons of trash in large bags. Team leader Robert Hoffman is making his fourth trip up the mountain. He says he hopes to return Mount Qomolangma to the condition it was in before the first successful climb fifty years ago. He says he hopes the effort will influence other people to clean up the environment closer to home.Human waste on Mount Qomolangma is a major concern. So the clean-up team will take along with them newly developed equipment to collect and treat human waste. Over the years, the waste particles have polluted the mountain. In the warm season when the ice melts, the polluted water flows to Nepalese villages below. The problem has gotten worse in recent years because climbing Mount Qomolangma has become more popular.Since 1992 the government of Nepal has required climbers to bring down what they take up. But those rules were never fully carried out. And no one has ever been required to bring back their trash from the highest part of the mountain.Mount Qomolangma is part of the Himalayan mountain range. It is on the border between Nepal and Tibet, China. Edmund Hillary of New Zealand and Sherpa Tensing Norgay made the first successful climb in 1953. Since then, more than eight hundred people have successfully climbed the mountain. Some people who reached the top died on their way down. Many other people died before reaching the top, which is almost nine thousand meters high.Questions:1. Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage?2. Which of the following is true?3. What's the American team's goal in going up Mount Qomolangma?4. What can be concluded from the passage?Passage 3According to popular belief, eccentrics are wealthy people who can afford to indulge their eccentricities on a grand scale. But nowadays eccentrics are just as likely to work at ordinary jobs. One man, for example, works in a bank from 9 to 5, but in his spare time carries a bow and arrow and thinks of his home as a leafy corner of Sherwood Forest. Another eccentric is a social worker but lives in a cave and does long charity walks wearing pajamas. A third spends all his time in bed and a fourth lives only on potatoes.Dr. David Weeks has found that such oddballs often have certain features in common. They are often the only or eldest child raised in strict homes. Many have strange eating or sleepinghabits. And although they are frequently impatient with other people, they are generally not competitive and hate sports. They are poor conversationalists, but are often highly educated and read far more than ordinary people. They are often creative and inventive, especially in the scientific field. Not surprisingly, eccentrics tend to live alone and they are more likely to be men. They outnumber women by two to one.If you're an eccentric, you'll be encouraged by Dr. Weeks' study. Eccentrics are less likely to be mentally ill than more conventional people are. And, in his view, they provide some harmless, welcome relief from ordinary people.Questions:1. Why does the speaker give three examples of eccentrics at the beginning of his talk?2. What can we learn about eccentrics from Dr. Weeks' study?3. What's Dr. Weeks' attitude toward eccentrics?。
全新版大学英语听说教程第一册听力原文Unit 1Part A1. 1) How are you doing? 2) I’d like you to meet my classmate2. 1) I’m 2) May I introduce 3) to you 4) Pleased to meet you5) It’s a pleasure to meet you3. 1) Come and meet my family 2) this is Tom 3) It’s good to know you4) this is my sister.Part BTapescriptTalking about Studying EnglishAt a gathering of students from China and some other countries, Yang Weiping and Virginia Wang, both first-year college students, are talking about their learning of English.Hello, my name is Yang Weiping. I’m a freshman at Peking University and I’m majoring in chemistry.At college we have to study a foreign language. I choose English because I like listening to English programs on the radio and TV. I also like British and American pop songs. Some day I hope to visit Britain and the United States.I started learning English several years ago and I’m getting better at it. My favorite activity is listening, especially list ening to songs and stories. My big problem is, however, speaking. I feel nervous whenever I speak. And I never seem to know what to say when people talk to me. But I’ve decided to overcome my shyness and learn to speak English by speaking as much as I can.Hi, my nam e is Virginia Wang. I’m a library science major at the National University of Singapore. In our country, English is important. It is one of the official languages and you have to be fluent to English to get a good job.I’ve been studying English since high school. I’m good at reading because I like learning about new things and new ideas. There are so many books and articles written in English. Our textbooks at the university are in English, too. I know writing is also very important, but I find it rally difficult.When I graduate from the university I would like a job in the city library where I can read all kinds of new books.Exercise 1: b dExercise 2: 1)Yang 2)Chemistry 3)Likes listening to English programs on radio & TV; enjoys English pop songs 4) several years ago 5) listening; speaking6) Wang 7) Library science 8) To get a good job 9) in high school 10) reading; writingDialogue 11) may I sit here? 2) Sure. 3) Nice day 4) warm and sunny 5) computerDialogue 21) About four years 2) Very much 3) it’s very usefulDialogue 31) Listening 2) I find listening rather difficult 3) listen to this tape 4) Perhaps I shouldPart C1)skills 2)worry 3)focus 4)feel 5)understood 6)carefully 7)problems8)understand 9)main 10)detailsUnit 2Part A1.Closing2.Opening3.Closing4.Opening5.Opening6.Opening1-5 a b b a b 6-10.a b a b bPart BTapescript How to Improve Your Conversation SkillsTo speak to people in a foreign language requires courage and a willingness to make errors. Some people are so afraid of making mistakes that they never open their mouths. And that’s the biggest mistake of all. Now if you have courage and are ready to make a few errors, what do you say?First of all, you have to open the conversation. Finding an appropriate topic is half the battle. Some topics, such as the weather and news, work well. But others, such as age, money or people’s appearance do not. The following are some good。
实用标准大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1. M: You like music, don’t you, Sally?W: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music. I can’ t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean?2.W: I think I ’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’ t you wear the blue one? I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: How do you like the pie you’ve had?M:Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q:What does the man mean?4. W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’ t walk any further.M:Howabout getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by the parking lot?Q:Where are the two speakers?5.W: Nice day, isn ’t it? Want to join us for a swim?M:Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get prepared?Q:What does the woman mean?6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven ’t seen you for some time. How have you been?M:I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony?7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor Wang?M: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean?8. W: I ’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold wasgoing away. But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Whydidn ’t you makean appointment with the doctor earlier?Q: What does the man mean?Part BDirections : You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, Alan. But I ’ll be watching it on television with somefriends. Alan: Weren ’t you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going? Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just tooinconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before andafter the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at abar or restaurant ⋯Alan:⋯you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That ’s right. Another reason why I like to watch gameson television is thatI simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of theball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field.Alan: It’s like you’ re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers?10.What are the two speakers talking about?11.Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV?12.What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 2Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safetytips with us. OK, Tom, they ’re all yours.Tom: Thanks. Goodmorning everyone! I ’m TomJohnson, and I ’ma firefighter at Station 11. Well, we live in California. As we know there are alot of earthquakes here. Many are small. But, if there’s a strongearthquake, what should we do? Does anyone know?Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That ’ s right. What else?Boy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break.Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then? What should you do?Boy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why not?Boy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water afteran earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’ s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ ve heard.13.What is the speaker talking about?14. Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’sa strong earthquake?15.What are the students advised to do after an earthquake?Part CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common? The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museumin Paris.Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latestclassroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors inAfrican can get up-to-the-second information on medical research aroundthe world.All you need is a basic computer, a modemand the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’ re online and you don’t have to waitlong for information.Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA isabout 10 seconds. But is it expensive?Not really–a typical onlinemonthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying inKorea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates,get文案大全advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams ’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking,reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother ’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In somecountries video gamesare fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. Thesevideo gamesare causing children to waste their moneyon them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place inlicensed amusementcenters, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into thesecenters. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them areschoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Someplay for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of theirhomes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that mustbe asked is: Have they any education value ?Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretaryto a London lawyer. At the sametime she becameinterested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to makea career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that womencould be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all byherself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amyset off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing muchhardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flightof 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. Inlater years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amyjoined other professional pilots to serve hercountry. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft fromfactories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end tothe life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shoppingcustoms the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OKto bargain can save you a lot of moneyand make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargainingguide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a gameof skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather,business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lowerrate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the foodmarkets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back homewith them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points)1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoon?W: I ’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’ s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q:What will the woman do?2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gavein Carnegie Hall!W:I felt the same way.Q:How did the woman think of the performance?3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, Bill?W:A warm day? Haven ’ t you listened to the weather forecast?Q:What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow?4. M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we ’d go tothe school canteen.W: Well, food isn ’t everything, is it? It ’ s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean?5. M: Would you like to try some banana pie? It ’s very good.W: I ’m sorry but I don’ t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean?6.M: I can ’ t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand nameclothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much moneyon it.W:You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q:On what do the two speakers agree?7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thankingyou for inviting me here.W:It ’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup first?Q:Where does the conversation take place?8.M: You know I ’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guaranteeyou that.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7points)Conversation 1W:Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M:Thank you.W:How are you? Are you still feeling very tired all the time?M:Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’ re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to do?W: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking.Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I do?W:Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’ t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That ’s another thing. You mustn’ t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see ourlifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exerciseprogram for you. And don ’t worry. That ’ s the last thing you should do. I ’ll see you again next month.M:OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W:Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man ’s problem according to the doctor?10.Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do?11.What do you know about the man?Conversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like music?W:Yes, very much, especially classical music.M:Do you like rock music?W:No, it ’ s too noisy. What about you?M: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don ’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It ’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last night?M: No, I didn ’t. What was on?W: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really? He’ s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At leastI suppose so. He ’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20million records. What did he say in the TV interview?W: He didn ’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him.Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. Theinterview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’ t he know rock stars need the public? They earn moneyfrom the public.So why shouldn ’t the public criticize them? They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans.W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ ve just heard.12.What do you know about the woman?13.Why are rock stars famous according to the man?14.What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview?15.Which of the following is true of the man?Part CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast.It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions,it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃ in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they arestarting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in theScottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoydiscussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britainhas a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with theprogress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come tohave a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer meansjust the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mindand your relationship with other people. This new concept of health isclosely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is thedegree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of diseaseto a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer,healthier lives. Imagine for a momentthat you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. Incontrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live tothe age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I ’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advancedcountries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in myopinion, most people will be communicating in English “online ” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways.First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewerchildren and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities.In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most ofthe environmental and transportation problems of today ’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lothealthier. If I ’m lucky, maybe I ’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there实用标准are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places inthe world have earthquakes regularly.Someplaces, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently.Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one thathit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America wasin 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods,tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably donot worry us as muchas earthquakes, especially in modern times.The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday wemay be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise.People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lostin earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.文案大全。
大学英语(第二版)听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: You like music, don’t you, Sally?W: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music.I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean?2.W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one? I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean?3.W: How do you like the pie you’ve had?M: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean?4.W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How about getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by theparking lot?Q: Where are the two speakers?5.W: Nice day, isn’t it? Want to join us for a swim?M: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get prepared?Q: What does the woman mean?6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some time. How have you been?M: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony?7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor Wang?M: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean?8.W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold was going away.But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointment with the doctor earlier?Q: What does the man mean?Part BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, Betty?Betty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any tickets?Betty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going? Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowd?Betty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting into and out of the stadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field. Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers?10.What are the two speakers talking about?11.Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV?12.What can you learn from the conversation?Conversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safety tips with us. OK, Tom, they’re all yours. Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’m a firefighter at Station 11.Well, we live in California. As we know there are a lot of earthquakes here. Many are small. But, if there’s a strong earthquake, what should we do? Does anyone know? Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That’s right. What else?Boy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break. Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then? What should you do?Boy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why not?Boy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13.What is the speaker talking about?14.Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’s a strong earthquake?15.What are the students advised to do after an earthquake?Part CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common? The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latest classroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note,doctors in African can get up-to-the-second information on medical research around the world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information. Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensive?Not really – a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying in Korea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some countries video games are fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. These video games are causing children to waste their money on them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place in licensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between $250 and $1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into these centers. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them are schoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some play for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of their homes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that must be asked is: Have they any education value?Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July 1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same time she became interested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that women could be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all by herself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing much hardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flight of 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. In later years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy joined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft from factories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end to the life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shopping customs the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OK to bargain can save you a lot of money and make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargaining guide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game of skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather, business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lower rate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the food markets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home with them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoon?W: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do?2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance?3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, Bill?W: A warm day? Haven’t you listened to the weather forecast?Q: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow?4.M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’d go to the school canteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it? It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean?5.M: Would you like to try some banana pie? It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean?6.M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money on it.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree?7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thanking youfor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup first?Q: Where does the conversation take place?8.M: You know I’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversation?Part BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you? Are you still feeling very tired all the time?M: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to do?W: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I do?W: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exercise program for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you should do. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor?10.Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do?11.What do you know about the man?Conversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like music?W: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock music?W: No, it’s too noisy. What about you?M: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last night?M: No, I didn’t. What was on?W: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really? He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At least I suppose so. He’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interview?W: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public? They earn money from the public. So why shouldn’t the public criticize them?They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans. W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12.What do you know about the woman?13.Why are rock stars famous according to the man?14.What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview?15.Which of the following is true of the man?Part CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast. It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions, it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they are starting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in the Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoy discussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with the progress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mind and your relationship with other people. This new concept of health isclosely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is the degree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life? One reason for this has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live to the age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advanced countries will have established space cities by then. On Earth, in my opinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways. First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewer children and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities. In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most of the environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lot healthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably do not worry us as much as earthquakes, especially in modern times. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday we may be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise. People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost in earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。